­­FIN310 Class Web Page, Fall ' 21

Instructor: Maggie Foley

Jacksonville University

 

The Syllabus    

Term project (due with final) – Please refer to the following for the weblinks of the databases needed for the term project

·      https://www-mergentonline-com.ju.idm.oclc.org/basicsearch.php  -- mergent

·      https://research-valueline-com.ju.idm.oclc.org/Secure/Research/Home#sec=library  - value line

·      https://advance-lexis-com.ju.idm.oclc.org/bisacademicresearchhome?crid=4731dc0d-1829-4a7e-801a-817511079c86&pdmfid=1516831&pdisurlapi=true – LexisNexis

 

                                                                                            

 

Weekly SCHEDULE, LINKS, FILES and Questions

Chapter

Coverage, HW, Supplements

-        Required

References

 

Chapter 1, 2

 

 

Marketwatch Stock Trading Game (Pass code: havefun)

Use the information and directions below to join the game.

1.      URL for your game: 
https://www.marketwatch.com/game/jufin310-21fall

2.   Password for this private game: havefun

3.      Click on the 'Join Now' button to get started.

4.      If you are an existing MarketWatch member, login. If you are a new user, follow the link for a Free account - it's easy!

5.      Follow the instructions and start trading!

Discussion:  How to pick stocks (finviz.com)

 

How To Win The MarketWatch Stock Market Game

 

Daily earning announcement: http://www.zacks.com/earnings/earnings-calendar

IPO schedule:  http://www.marketwatch.com/tools/ipo-calendar

 

 

Chapter 1 Introduction 

 

image002.jpg

 

Note:

Flow of funds describes the financial assets flowing from various sectors through financial intermediaries for the purpose of buying physical or financial assets.

*** Household, non-financial business, and our government

 

Financial institutions facilitate exchanges of funds and financial products.

*** Building blocks of a financial system. Passing and transforming funds and risks during transactions.

*** Buy and sell, receive and deliver, and create and underwrite financial products.

*** The transferring of funds and risk is thus created. Capital utilization for individual and for the whole economy is thus enhanced.

 

For class discussion:

1.     What is the business model of each player in the above graph?

2.     Which player is the most important one in the financial market?

3.     Can any of the players be removed from the system?

4. What might trigger the next financial crisis

 

The factors that could cause the next financial crisis are (based on class discussion)

·      Pandemic

·      Global warming

·      War

·      Inflation

·      QE

·      student loan

·      government debt

·      tax reform

·      unemployment rate

·      stimulus check

 

  How it Happened - The 2008 Financial Crisis: Crash Course Economics #12

 

 

Q&A based on class discussion: QE money comes from budget. Where does the Fed get money for quantitative easing?

·      Answer: Fed buys assets. The Fed can make money appear out of thin air—so-called money printing—by creating bank reserves on its balance sheet. With QE, the central bank uses new bank reserves to purchase long-term Treasuries in the open market from major financial institutions (primary dealers).

·      https://www.forbes.com/advisor/investing/quantitative-easing-qe/

·      https://www.federalreserve.gov/aboutthefed/audited-annual-financial-statements.htm 

·      Fed Balance Sheet 2020 (PDF)

For discussion:

·      Which item under assets has increased the most from 2019 to 2020?

·      Which item under liability has increased the most from 2019 to 2020?

·      So where does the stimulus money come from?

 

 

 

Chapter 1 

 

 

ppt

 

1.       What are the six parts of the financial markets

Money:

·         To pay for purchases and store wealth (fiat money, fiat currency)

 

What is Bitcoin for BEGINNERS in 7-Min. & Bitcoin Explained | What is Cryptocurrency Explained 2019

 

 

Financial Instruments:

·         To transfer resources from savers to investors and to transfer risk to those best equipped to bear it.  

 

Where do student loans go? (video)

An Introduction to Securitized Products: Asset-Backed Securities (ABS) (video)

 

 

Financial Markets:

·         Buy and sell financial instruments

·         Channel funds from savers to investors, thereby promoting economic efficiency

·         Affect personal wealth and behavior of business firms. Example?

 

Financial Institutions.

·         Provide access to financial markets, collect information & provide services

·         Financial Intermediary: Helps get funds from savers to investors

 

Central Banks

·         Monitor financial Institutions and stabilize the economy

 

Regulatory Agencies

·         To provide oversight for financial system.

 

The role of financial regulation (Video)

 

What Does the Federal Reserve Do? (youtube)

 

What is the FDIC? (video)

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) was created by the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 to provide insurance on deposits to guarantee the safety of funds kept by depositors at banks. Its mandate is to protect up to $250,000 per depositor. The catalyst for creating the FDIC was the run on banks during the Great Depression of the 1920s.

 

Checking accounts, savings accounts, CDs, and money market accounts are generally 100% covered by the FDIC. Coverage extends to individual retirement accounts (IRAs), but only the parts that fit the type of accounts listed previously. Joint accounts, revocable and irrevocable trust accounts, and employee benefit plans are covered, as are corporate, partnership, and unincorporated association accounts.

 

FDIC insurance does not cover products such as mutual funds, annuities, life insurance policies, stocks, or bonds. The contents of safe-deposit boxes are also not included in FDIC coverage. Cashier's checks and money orders issued by the failed bank remain fully covered by the FDIC. (investopedia.com)

 

What Is The SEC? (video)

The SEC acts independently of the U.S. government and was established by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.11 One of the most comprehensive and powerful agencies, the SEC enforces the federal securities laws and regulates the majority of the securities industry. Its regulatory coverage includes the U.S. stock exchanges, options markets, and options exchanges as well as all other electronic exchanges and other electronic securities markets. It also regulates investment advisors who are not covered by the state regulatory agencies.

 

The SEC consists of six divisions and 24 offices.12 Their goals are to interpret and take enforcement actions on securities laws, issue new rules, provide oversight of securities institutions, and coordinate regulation among different levels of government.

 

 

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA)

The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) vs. Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) (youtube)

 

The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) was created in 2007 from its predecessor, the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD). FINRA is considered a self-regulatory organization (SRO) and was originally created as an outcome of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

FINRA oversees all firms that are in the securities business with the public. It is also responsible for training financial services professionals, licensing and testing agents, and overseeing the mediation and arbitration processes for disputes between customers and brokers. (investopedia.com)

 

 

 

 

2.      What are the five core principals of finance

  • Time has value
  • Risk requires compensation
  • Information is the basis for decisions
  • Markets determine prices  and allocation resources
  • Stability improves welfare

 

 

3.   An example of the financial market innovation: High Frequency Trading   

 

Ppt

 

Videos

 

High Frequency Trading (video)

  • High frequency trading
  • Spoofing
  • Regulatory reform to prevent HFT from exploiting the market

 

 

 

Strategies And Secrets Of High Frequency Trading (HFT) Firms

 

By PRABLEEN BAJPAI

Updated Sep 21, 2014

 

Secrecy, Strategy and Speed are the terms that best define high frequency trading (HFT) firms and indeed, the financial industry at large as it exists today.

 

 

HFT firms are secretive about their ways of operating and keys to success. The important people associated with HFT have shunned limelight and preferred to be lesser known, though that's changing now.

 

 

The firms in the HFT business operate through multiple strategies to trade and make money. The strategies include different forms of arbitrage – index arbitrage, volatility arbitrage, statistical arbitrage and merger arbitrage along with global macro, long/short equity, passive market making, and so on.

 

 

HFT rely on the ultra fast speed of computer software, data access (NASDAQ TotalView-ITCH, NYSE OpenBook, etc) to important resources and connectivity with minimal latency (delay).

 

Let’s explore some more about the types of HFT firms, their strategies to make money, major players and more.

 

HFT firms generally use private money, private technology and a number of private strategies to generate profits. The high frequency trading firms can be divided broadly into three types.

 

The most common and biggest form of HFT firm is the independent proprietary firm. Proprietary trading (or "prop trading") is executed with the firm’s own money and not that of clients. LIkewise, the profits are for the firm and not for external clients.

Some HTF firms are a subsidiary part of a broker-dealer firm. Many of the regular broker-dealer firms have a sub section known as proprietary trading desks, where HFT is done. This section is separated from the business the firm does for its regular, external customers.

Lastly, the HFT firms also operate as hedge funds. Their main focus is to profit from the inefficiencies in pricing across securities and other asset categories using arbitrage.

 

Prior to the Volcker Rule, many investment banks had segments dedicated to HFT. Post-Volcker, no commercial banks can have proprietary trading desks or any such hedge fund investments. Though all major banks have shut down their HFT shops, a few of these banks are still facing allegations about possible HFT-related malfeasance conducted in the past.

 

 

How Do They Make Money?

 

There are many strategies employed by the propriety traders to make money for their firms; some are quite commonplace, some are more controversial.

 

These firms trade from both sides i.e. they place orders to buy as well as sell using limit orders that are above the current market place (in the case of selling) and slightly below the current market price (in the case of buying). The difference between the two is the profit they pocket. Thus these firms indulge in “market making” only to make profits from the difference between the bid-ask spread. These transactions are carried out by high speed computers using algorithms.

 

Another source of income for HFT firms is that they get paid for providing liquidity by the Electronic Communications Networks (ECNs) and some exchanges. HFT firms play the role of market makers by creating bid-ask spreads, churning mostly low priced, high volume stocks (typical favorites for HFT) many times in a single day. These firms hedge the risk by squaring off the trade and creating a new one.

 

Another way these firms make money is by looking for price discrepancies between securities on different exchanges or asset classes. This strategy is called statistical arbitrage, wherein a proprietary trader is on the lookout for temporary inconsistencies in prices across different exchanges. With the help of ultra fast transactions, they capitalize on these minor fluctuations which many don’t even get to notice.

 

HFT firms also make money by indulging in momentum ignition. The firm might aim to cause a spike in the price of a stock by using a series of trades with the motive of attracting other algorithm traders to also trade that stock. The instigator of the whole process knows that after the somewhat “artificially created” rapid price movement, the price reverts to normal and thus the trader profits by taking a position early on and eventually trading out before it fizzles out. 

 

The Players

 

The HFT world has players ranging from small firms to medium sized companies and big players. A few names from the industry (in no particular order) are Automated Trading Desk (ATD), Chopper Trading, DRW Holdings LLC, Tradebot Systems Inc., KCG Holdings Inc. (merger of GETCO and Knight Capital), Susquehanna International Group LLP (SIG), Virtu Financial, Allston Trading LLC, Geneva Trading, Hudson River Trading (HRT), Jump Trading, Five Rings Capital LLC, Jane Street, etc.

 

Risks

 

The firms engaged in HFT often face risks related to software anomaly, dynamic market conditions, as well as regulations and compliance. One of the glaring instances was a fiasco that took place on August 1, 2012 which brought Knight Capital Group close to bankruptcy--It lost $400 million in less than an hour after markets opened that day. The “trading glitch,” caused by an algorithm malfunction, led to erratic trade and bad orders across 150 different stocks. The company was eventually bailed out. These companies have to work on their risk management since they are expected to ensure a lot of regulatory compliance as well as tackle operational and technological challenges.

 

The Bottom Line

 

The firms operating in the HFT industry have earned a bad name for themselves because of their secretive ways of doing things. However, these firms are slowly shedding this image and coming out in the open. The high frequency trading has spread in all prominent markets and is a big part of it. According to sources, these firms make up just about 2% of the trading firms in the U.S. but account for around 70% of the trading volume. The HFT firms have many challenges ahead, as time and again their strategies have been questioned and there are many proposals which could impact their business going forward.

 

 

 

6.      What is flash crash? (refer to the two articles on the right)

Flash crash

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

flash crash is a very rapid, deep, and volatile fall in security prices occurring within an extremely short time period. A flash crash frequently stems from trades executed by black-box trading, combined with high-frequency trading, whose speed and interconnectedness can result in the loss and recovery of billions of dollars in a matter of minutes and seconds.

Occurrences

The Flash Crash

This type of event occurred on May 6, 2010. A $4.1 billion trade on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) resulted in a loss to the Dow Jones Industrial Average of over 1,000 points and then a rise to approximately previous value, all over about fifteen minutes. The mechanism causing the event has been heavily researched and is in dispute. On April 21, 2015, the U.S. Department of Justice laid "22 criminal counts, including fraud and market manipulation" against Navinder Singh Sarao, a trader. Among the charges included was the use of spoofing algorithms.

2017 Ethereum Flash Crash

On June 22, 2017, the price of Ethereum, the second-largest digital cryptocurrency, dropped from more than $300 to as low as $0.10 in minutes at GDAX exchange. Suspected for market manipulation or an account takeover at first, later investigation by GDAX claimed no indication of wrongdoing. The crash was triggered by a multimillion-dollar selling order which brought the price down, from $317.81 to $224.48, and caused the following flood of 800 stop-loss and margin funding liquidation orders, crashing the market.

British pound flash crash

On October 7, 2016, there was a flash crash in the value of sterling, which dropped more than 6% in two minutes against the US dollar. It was the pound's lowest level against the dollar since May 1985. The pound recovered much of its value in the next few minutes, but ended down on the day's trading, most likely due to market concerns about the impact of a "hard Brexit"—a more complete break with the European Union following Britain's 'Leave' referendum vote in June. It was initially speculated that the flash crash may have been due to a fat-finger trader error or an algorithm reacting to negative news articles about the British Government's European policy.

FLASH CRASH! Dow Jones drops 560 points in 4 Minutes! May 6th 2010 (video)

  

Flash Crash 2010 - VPRO documentary – 2011 (video, optional)

 

For discussion:

·      Next time, when a flash crash happens, can you think of a strategy to make money from this incident? Why or why not?

·      After the flash crash, the price will recover almost completely. So why the market is afraid of it. It is not a big deal, right?

 Spoofing https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spoofing_(finance)

 

Spoofing is a disruptive algorithmic trading activity employed by traders to outpace other market participants and to manipulate markets.

·      Spoofers feign interest in trading futures, stocks and other products in financial markets creating an illusion of the demand and supply of the traded asset. In an order driven market, spoofers post a relatively large number of limit orders on one side of the limit order book to make other market participants believe that there is pressure to sell (limit orders are posted on the offer side of the book) or to buy (limit orders are posted on the bid side of the book) the asset.

·      Under the 2010 DoddFrank Act spoofing is defined as "the illegal practice of bidding or offering with intent to cancel before execution."

·      High-frequency trading, the primary form of algorithmic trading used in financial markets is very profitable as it deals in high volumes of transactions.

·      The five-year delay in arresting the lone spoofer, Navinder Singh Sarao, accused of exacerbating the 2010 Flash Crashone of the most turbulent periods in the history of financial marketshas placed the self-regulatory bodies such as the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and Chicago Mercantile Exchange & Chicago Board of Trade under scrutiny. The CME was described as being in a "massively conflicted" position as they make huge profits from the HFT and algorithmic trading.

 

JPMorgan to Pay $920 Million in Record Spoofing Case (youtube)

Spoofing & Layering - Market Manipulation - Self-Study | Online Courses (youtube)

 

 

 

Homework of the 1st week (due with the first mid-term exam):

1.     Name at least one factor that might trigger the next financial crisis and provide the rational.

2.     Compare between SEC and FINRA, FDIC and the Fed

3.     What is high frequency trading (HFT)? How does it work? 

4.     What is spoofing? Why is it harmful to the market?

5.     What is flash crash? How does it make investors so worried? How can HFT trigger flash crash?

 

8/17 Class video: syllabus and market watch game

8/19 class video: chapters 1,  discussion on factors for next financial crisis

 

8/24 Class video:

  • chapter 1: SEC, FINRA, the Fed, FDIC
  • Fed balance sheet
  • fractional reserve banking system

8/26 class video

  • High frequency trading pro and con
  • Flash crash
  • spoofing

 

8/31 Class video

·      M0, MB, M1, M2

·      Fed balance sheet

 

9/2 class video

·      Fractional reserve banking system

 

9/7 Class video

·      Bitcoins impact on economy, on banks, on central banks

·      Cryptocurrency

 

9/9 class video (Thanks Jack, Madeline, Thomas)

·      Ethereum

·      Bitcoin

·      Dogecoin

 

9/14 Class video: Order types, money market, financial instruments

 

9/16 class video: IPO, SEO, NYSE vs. NASDAQ

 

9/21 Class video (Sorry I forgot to record the class today)

·      Chapter 4 (Time value of money) (hw solution posted)

·      Prepare HFT and flash crash for the midterm

·      Prepare IPO under pricing question for the midterm

 

9/23 class video: First mid term exam (Study guide posted) and homework due

 

 

9/28 Class video

·      What is bond?

·      The risks of investing in a bond.

·      Types of bonds

9/30 class video

·      What is muni bond?

·      What is TIPS?

·       High yield bonds

 

10/5 Class video (cancelled)

10/7 class video

·      International bond

·      Bond rating

·      Z-score

·      Airline companies’ z-scores

 

 

10/12 Class video

·      Discussion of airline bond and airline stock

·      Yield curve

 

10/14 class video

·      Inverted yield curve

·      Steepening yield curve

·      S&P500 vs. Apple stock

 

10/19 Class video

·      S&P500 index

·      Pro and Con

10/21 class video

·      Mutual fund vs. ETF

 

 

10/26 Class video:

·      QQQ vs. SPY

·      Bond mutual fund

·      Stock chapter Q&A

10/28 class video

·      Behavior finance

 

11/2 Class video - Second mid term exam (in class, close book, close notes)

·      Study guide (see blow)

11/4 Class video:

·      Call and put option

·      Futures contract for bitcoin

 

11/9 Class video: Commercial banks

11/11 Class video: Veterans’ day, no class

 

11/16 Class video: Introduction of the Fed (Thanks, Madeline, Jack, Thomas)

11/18 Class video: Monetary Policy  

 

11/20, 4-6 pm: Final Exam; Term project due

 

Will choose 15 questions out of the  following 25 questions

1. Anything wrong of the above balance sheet of Wells Fargo? Where do the loans and deposits go?

3. What is bank run? It is rare. Why?

4. Why are banks reluctant to lend out to small business, but offer loans to homebuyers?

5. Too big too fail. What is your opinion on this statement? Should we worry about banks getting bigger and bigger? Why or why not?

6. Similar to the homework question.

Bank has one million dollars that can be lent out. Shall the bank lend it out to a small business owners or to a house buyer? Why?

7.  How to explain the uniqueness of banks’ balance sheet. For example, banks are highly leveraged.

8.  What are the differences between commercial bank and investment bank?

9. What are the pro and con for big banks?

10. As compared with small banks, do big banks are relatively more burdened by regulations? Or vice versa? 

11.  What is the purpose of the Fed?  The structures of the Fed?

12.  The duties of the Fed?

13. What are the changes in monetary policy?

14. The three approaches to conduct Monetary policy.

15. Compare fed fund rate with discount rate. Which rate is targeted by Fed to implement monetary policy?

16. What is interest rate on bank reserve balance?

17. What is open market operation?  When Fed plans to increase interest rate, how can Fed do so via open market operation? Draw the supply and demand curve to show the results.

18. What is your opinion regarding the interest rate that Fed will determine in the upcoming FOMC meeting

19. If Fed does increase interest rate in mid Dec, what is your prediction of its impact in the stock market? If Fed does not increases interest rate, what will happen to the stock market?

20.   What is easing monetary policy? What is contractary monetary policy?

21.  Why is there a futures market for bitcoin?

22. Why shall you consider investing in Bitcoin futures market? Or otherwise, why should not you?

23. What is call option? What is put option? Between a call option holder and a put option holder, who is going to benefit from the stock price falling? Who is going to benefit from stock price rising?

24. Name three professions in the banking industry

25. Name three types of banks

 

 

 

 

The World of High-Frequency Algorithmic Trading

 

In the last decade, algorithmic trading (AT) and high-frequency trading (HFT) have come to dominate the trading world, particularly HFT. During 2009-2010, more than 60% of U.S. trading was attributed to HFT, though that percentage has declined in the last few years.1

 

 

Heres a look into the world of algorithmic and high-frequency trading: how they're related, their benefits and challenges, their main users and their current and future state.

 

 

High-Frequency Trading HFT Structure

First, note that HFT is a subset of algorithmic trading and, in turn, HFT includes Ultra HFT trading. Algorithms essentially work as middlemen between buyers and sellers, with HFT and Ultra HFT being a way for traders to capitalize on infinitesimal price discrepancies that might exist only for a minuscule period.

 

 

Computer-assisted rule-based algorithmic trading uses dedicated programs that make automated trading decisions to place orders. AT splits large-sized orders and places these split orders at different times and even manages trade orders after their submission.

 

Large sized-orders, usually made by pension funds or insurance companies, can have a severe impact on stock price levels. AT aims to reduce that price impact by splitting large orders into many small-sized orders, thereby offering traders some price advantage.

 

The algorithms also dynamically control the schedule of sending orders to the market. These algorithms read real-time high-speed data feeds, detect trading signals, identify appropriate price levels and then place trade orders once they identify a suitable opportunity. They can also detect arbitrage opportunities and can place trades based on trend following, news events, and even speculation.

 

 

High-frequency trading is an extension of algorithmic trading. It manages small-sized trade orders to be sent to the market at high speeds, often in milliseconds or microsecondsa millisecond is a thousandth of a second and a microsecond is a thousandth of a millisecond.

 

 

These orders are managed by high-speed algorithms which replicate the role of a market maker. HFT algorithms typically involve two-sided order placements (buy-low and sell-high) in an attempt to benefit from bid-ask spreads. HFT algorithms also try to sense any pending large-size orders by sending multiple small-sized orders and analyzing the patterns and time taken in trade execution. If they sense an opportunity, HFT algorithms then try to capitalize on large pending orders by adjusting prices to fill them and make profits.

 

 

Also, Ultra HFT is a further specialized stream of HFT. By paying an additional exchange fee, trading firms get access to see pending orders a split-second before the rest of the market does.

 

Profit Potential from HFT

Exploiting market conditions that can't be detected by the human eye, HFT algorithms bank on finding profit potential in the ultra-short time duration. One example is arbitrage between futures and ETFs on the same underlying index.

 

 

Automated Trading

In the U.S. markets, the SEC authorized automated electronic exchanges in 1998. Roughly a year later, HFT began, with trade execution time, at that time, being a few seconds. By 2010, this had been reduced to millisecondssee the speech by the Bank of England's Andrew Haldane's "Patience and finance"and today, one-hundredth of a microsecond is enough time for most HFT trade decisions and executions. Given ever-increasing computing power, working at nanosecond and picosecond frequencies may be achievable via HFT in the relatively near future.

 

Bloomberg reports that while in 2010, HFT "accounted for more than 60% of all U.S. equity volume, that proved to be a high-water mark. By 2013, that percentage had fallen to roughly 50%. Bloomberg further noted that where, in 2009, "high-frequency traders moved about 3.25 billion shares a day. In 2012, it was 1.6 billion a day and average profits have fallen from about a tenth of a penny per share to a twentieth of a penny.

 

HFT Participants

HFT trading ideally needs to have the lowest possible data latency (time-delays) and the maximum possible automation level. So participants prefer to trade in markets with high levels of automation and integration capabilities in their trading platforms. These include NASDAQ, NYSE, Direct Edge, and BATS.

 

HFT is dominated by proprietary trading firms and spans across multiple securities, including equities, derivatives, index funds, and ETFs, currencies and fixed income instruments. A 2011 Deutsche Bank report found that of then-current HFT participants, proprietary trading firms made up 48%, proprietary trading desks of multi-service broker-dealers were 46% and hedge funds about 6%. Major names in the space include proprietary trading firms like KWG Holdings (formed of the merger between Getco and Knight Capital) and the trading desks of large institutional firms like Citigroup (C), JP Morgan (JPM) and Goldman Sachs (GS).

 

HFT Infrastructure Needs

For high-frequency trading, participants need the following infrastructure in place:

 

  • High-speed computers, which need regular and costly hardware upgrades;
  • Co-location. That is, a typically high-cost facility that places your trading computers as close as possible to the exchange servers, to further reduce time delays;
  • Real-time data feeds, which are required to avoid even a microsecond's delay that may impact profits; and
  • Computer algorithms, which are the heart of AT and HFT.

 

Benefits of HFT

HFT is beneficial to traders, but does it help the overall market? Some overall market benefits that HFT supporters cite include:

 

  • Bid-ask spreads have reduced significantly due to HFT trading, which makes markets more efficient. Empirical evidence includes that after Canadian authorities in April 2012 imposed fees that discouraged HFT, studies suggested that the bid-ask spread rose by 9%," possibly due to declining HFT trades.7
  • HFT creates high liquidity and thus eases the effects of market fragmentation.
  • HFT assists in the price discovery and price formation process, as it is based on a large number of orders

 

Challenges Of HFT

Opponents of HFT argue that algorithms can be programmed to send hundreds of fake orders and cancel them in the next second. Such spoofing momentarily creates a false spike in demand/supply leading to price anomalies, which can be exploited by HFT traders to their advantage. In 2013, the SEC introduced the Market Information Data Analytics System (MIDAS), which screens multiple markets for data at millisecond frequencies to try and catch fraudulent activities like spoofing."

 

Other obstacles to HFT's growth are its high costs of entry, which include:

 

  • Algorithms development
  • Setting up high-speed trade execution platforms for timely trade execution
  • Building infrastructure that requires frequent high-cost upgrades
  • Subscription charges towards data feed

 

The HFT marketplace also has gotten crowded, with participants trying to get an edge over their competitors by constantly improving algorithms and adding to infrastructure. Due to this "arms race," it's getting more difficult for traders to capitalize on price anomalies, even if they have the best computers and top-end networks.

 

And the prospect of costly glitches is also scaring away potential participants. Some examples include the Flash Crash" of May 6, 2010, where HFT-triggered sell orders led to an impulsive drop of 600 points in the DJIA index.9 Then there's the case of Knight Capital, the then-king of HFT on NYSE. It installed new software on Aug 1, 2012, and accidentally bought and sold $7 billion worth of NYSE stocks at unfavorable prices.10 Knight was forced to settle its positions, costing it $440 million in one day and eroding 40% of the firms value. Acquired by another HFT firm, Getco, to form KCG Holdings, the merged entity still continues to struggle.

 

So, some major bottlenecks for HFT's future growth are its declining profit potential, high operational costs, the prospect of stricter regulations and the fact that there is no room for error, as losses can quickly run in the millions.

 

 

The Bottom Line

The growth of computer speed and algorithm development has created seemingly limitless possibilities in trading. But, AT and HFT are classic examples of rapid developments that, for years, outpaced regulatory regimes and allowed massive advantages to a relative handful of trading firms. While HFT may offer reduced opportunities in the future for traders in established markets like the U.S., some emerging markets could still be quite favorable for high-stakes HFT ventures.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs says computerized trading may make next 'flash crash' worse (optional)

·         Goldman Sachs is worried the increasing dominance of computerized trading may cause more volatility during market downturns.

·         The firm says high-frequency trading machines may "withdraw liquidity" at the worst possible moment in the next financial crisis.

 | 

CNBC.com

 

Goldman Sachs is cautioning its clients that computerized trading may exacerbate the volatility of the next big market sell-off.

"One theory that has been proposed for why market fragility could be higher today is that because HFTs [high-frequency trading] supply liquidity without taking into account fundamental information, they are forced to withdraw liquidity during periods of market stress to avoid being adversely selected," Charles Himmelberg, co-head of global markets research at Goldman, said in a report Tuesday. "In our view, this at least raises the risk that as machines have replaced people, and speed has replaced capital, the inability of the market's liquidity providers to process complex information may lead to surprisingly large drops in liquidity when the next crisis hits."

Himmelberg noted the higher level of computerized trading has not been truly "stress tested" during the bull market since the financial crisis. He said the increasing incidents of volatility in various markets such as the VIX spike on Feb. 5, the 10-year Treasury bond on Oct. 15, 2014, and the British pound on Oct. 6, 2016, may be precursors of a bigger one to come.

"The rising frequency of 'flash crashes' across many major markets may be an important early warning sign that something is not quite right with the current state of trading liquidity," he said. "These warning signs plus the rapid growth of high-frequency trading (HFT) and its near-total dominance in many of the largest and most widely traded markets prompt us to more carefully consider the possibility (not necessarily the probability) that the long expansion accompanied by relatively low market volatility may have helped disguise an under-appreciated rise in 'market fragility.'"

The strategist said computerized trading is generally not backed by large levels of capital, which could drive the "collapse" of liquidity if the machines suffer any big losses during a significant market downturn.

"Future flash crashes may not end well," he warned. "The quality of trading liquidity for even the biggest, most heavily-traded markets should not be taken for granted."

— With reporting by CNBC's Michael Bloom.

 

 

The stock market halted trading Monday—here’s why younger investors shouldn’t panic (optional)

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/03/09/the-stock-market-halted-trading-younger-investors-shouldnt-panic.html

Published Mon, Mar 9 202011:30 AM EDTUpdated Tue, Mar 10 20209:25 AM EDT

Megan Leonhardt@MEGAN_LEONHARDT

 

The stock market opened on a rough note this week as fears that the coronavirus will continue to have widespread economic impact drove down stock prices. On Monday morning, the S&P 500 fell more than 7% at the open, triggering circuit breakers that led the New York Stock Exchange to halt all market trading for 15 minutes.

The plunge, which occurred just after the market opened, triggered what’s called a ‘circuit breaker’ that immediately halted trading. Basically, this is a fail-safe that’s built into the system to allow for a short cool down period.

“The market circuit breakers are designed to slow trading down for a few minutes, give investors the ability to understand what’s happening in the market, consume the information and make decisions based on market conditions,” New York Stock Exchange President Stacey Cunningham told CNBC’s Bob Pisani. “This is operating as it’s supposed to.”

The current system of circuit breakers has never been tripped. A revamped system was put in place in February 2013 after the last set failed to prevent the May 2010 flash crash.

 

During regular trading hours, a circuit breaker can be triggered in a few situations:

1.         If the S&P 500 drops 7%, then trading will pause for 15 minutes.

2.         If the S&P 500 declines 13% on or before 3:25 p.m. ET, then trading will be paused again for 15 minutes. If the drop occurs after 3:25 p.m., then there’s no halt.

3.         If the S&P 500 falls 20%, then trading will be suspended for the rest of the day.

 

Trading started back up at 9:49 a.m. ET and the S&P 500 continued to slide. Meanwhile, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, which tracks 30 stocks, fell 2,000 points, or 7.3%, at one point during morning trading. The Nasdaq, which features some of the market’s biggest technology names as well as an assortment of other companies, fell 6.9% during the same period. 

“The bull market’s 11-year birthday is today, but investors are not in a celebratory mood,” says Greg McBride, chartered financial analyst and chief financial analyst at Bankrate.com.

 

What it means for you

Over 66% of millennials have investments of some type. About a third of millennials invested in a taxable brokerage account in 2018, while another third invested in a retirement account, according to a study of over 1,800 millennials (ages 23 to 38) sponsored by the CFA Institute and the FINRA Investor Education Foundation.

If you’re part of that group, the roller coaster markets do have an impact on your investments, including your 401(k). But before you panic, keep in mind that market downturns are fairly common. Market pullbacks with declines of less than 20% have occurred over 100 times since 1946, according to investment firm Guggenheim Funds.

“Investing should never be about a moment in time; it should always be about a process over time,” Liz Ann Sonders, chief investment strategist at Charles Schwab, tells CNBC Make It.

That’s a nice way of saying: Don’t time the market. Most millennials (ages 24 to 39) have a long time horizon for their investments. Since there are likely decades before you retire, even if a recession hits tomorrow or next year, there’s plenty of time for your investments to bounce back. Recessions and market downturns are part of a normal, healthy market cycle.

2:19

NYSE President Stacey Cunningham explains why stock trading was halted for 15 minutes

The best course of action right now is to keep investing and making regular contributions to your 401(k). This routine influx of money into your investment accounts is a strategy that experts call dollar-cost averaging. It’s great for long-term investors because it takes emotion out of the equation and keeps you from selling out during market lows and buying in at market highs.

A 401(k) is actually a good place to invest amid market volatility, Sonders says. Typically, they’re structured in a way so that you’re buying on a regimented basis and many have the option to invest in target date funds, which have an automatic rebalancing process.

“As the uncertainty persists, the market frenzy will continue, perhaps for weeks, perhaps for months,” McBride says. “But long-term investors must think in terms of years or decades.”

Finally, just take a deep breath. Many millennials have strong “muscle memory” from their own involvement, or their parents’ experiences, with the market during the last financial crisis, Sonders says. Yet the reality is that that market event was not the rule; it was more on the exceptional end of the spectrum.

“Markets fall sharply, but can also rebound quickly,” McBride says. “No one knows when that comes and you don’t want to be sitting on the sidelines when that happens.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chapter 2 What is Money

 

Ppt

 

Part I What is Money?  

 

·         There is no single "correct" measure of the money supply: instead, there are several measures, classified along a spectrum or continuum between narrow and broad monetary aggregates.

•         Narrow measures include only the most liquid assets, the ones most easily used to spend (currency, checkable deposits). Broader measures add less liquid types of assets (certificates of deposit, etc.)

 

Type of money

M0

MB

M1

M2

M3

Notes and coins in circulation (outside Federal Reserve Banks and the vaults of depository institutions) (currency) 

Notes and coins in bank vaults (Vault cash)

Federal Reserve Bank credit (required reserves and excess reserves not physically present in banks)

Traveler’s checks of non-bank issuers

Demand deposits

Other checkable deposits (OCDs)

Savings deposits

Time deposits less than $100,000 and money market deposit accounts for individuals

Large time deposits, institutional money market funds, short-term repurchase and other larger liquid assets

All money market funds

·         M0: In some countries, such as the United Kingdom, M0 includes bank reserves, so M0 is referred to as the monetary base, or narrow money.

·         MB: is referred to as the monetary base or total currency.  This is the base from which other forms of money (like checking deposits, listed below) are created and is traditionally the most liquid measure of the money supply.

·         M1: Bank reserves are not included in M1. (M1 and Components @ Fed St. Louise website)

·         M2: Represents M1 and "close substitutes" for M1. M2 is a broader classification of money than M1. M2 is a key economic indicator used to forecast inflation. (M2 and components @ Fed St. Louise website)

·         M3: M2 plus large and long-term deposits. Since 2006, M3 is no longer published by the US central bank. However, there are still estimates produced by various private institutions. (M3 and components at Fed St. Louise website)

 

Lets watch this money supply video: Khan academy money supply M0, M1, M2 (video)

 

Draw Me The Economy: Money Supply (video)

 

For discussion:

  • What could happen if we increase money supply?
  •  What about reduce money supply?
  • What are the possible ways to reduce money supply?
  • Among M0, M1, M2, M3, which one is the correct measure of money?
  • Why M2 is >> M0?
  • Why does M2 increase much faster than M1? Does it has any impact on you?

 

 

·         

 FYI: Fed balance sheet   https://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/bst_recenttrends.htm

 

Fed balance sheet over $5 trillion for first time (video)

 

Whiteboard Economics: The Fed’s Balance Sheet Unwind (youtube) – 2017

 

Federal Reserve Balance Sheet (Khan academy)- 2009 (optional)

 

 

 

        

 

 

https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/current/h41.htm#h41tab9

 

 

M0, M1, and M2 Over Time

The top three graphs show M0, M1, and M2 money supply indicators over the past 40 odd years. The bottom three graphs show M0, M1, and M2 money supply indicators from June 2010. We see that the money supply has increased steadily over the years. In particular, the increase in money supply has been greatest in the recession years. This correlates to attempts made by the government to stimulate the economy and follow an expansionary monetary policy.

 

    

 

 

 

For discussion:

  • Among M0, M1, and M2, which one is used as a measure for money supply in US?
  • Why is M2 multiple times of Mo?
  • What are the expected consequences resulted from a big increase in money supply?
  • Do you think that US$ will devalue in the near future?
  • What do you suggest in terms of investment? Bitcoin? Commodity? Stock? Bond? Why?

 

 

 

Summary:

Money Supply M2 in the United States averaged 4121.70 USD Billion from 1959 until 2019, reaching an all time high of 14872.10 USD Billion in July of 2019 and a record low of 286.60 USD Billion in January of 1959.

 

From https://tradingeconomics.com/united-states/money-supply-m2

 

 

 

From https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h6/current/default.htm

 

 

Beyond Bitcoin bubble New York Times (FYI only)

https://www.nytimes.com/2018/01/16/magazine/beyond-the-bitcoin-bubble.html

 

The sequence of words is meaningless: a random array strung together by an algorithm let loose in an English dictionary. What makes them valuable is that they’ve been generated exclusively for me, by a software tool called MetaMask. In the lingo of cryptography, they’re known as my seed phrase. They might read like an incoherent stream of consciousness, but these words can be transformed into a key that unlocks a digital bank account, or even an online identity. It just takes a few more steps.

On the screen, I’m instructed to keep my seed phrase secure: Write it down, or keep it in a secure place on your computer. I scribble the 12 words onto a notepad, click a button and my seed phrase is transformed into a string of 64 seemingly patternless characters:

1b0be2162cedb2744d016943bb14e71de6af95a63af3790d6b41b1e719dc5c66

This is what’s called a “private key” in the world of cryptography: a way of proving identity, in the same, limited way that real-world keys attest to your identity when you unlock your front door. My seed phrase will generate that exact sequence of characters every time, but there’s no known way to reverse-engineer the original phrase from the key, which is why it is so important to keep the seed phrase in a safe location.

That private key number is then run through two additional transformations, creating a new string:

0x6c2ecd6388c550e8d99ada34a1cd55bedd052ad9

That string is my address on the Ethereum blockchain.

Ethereum belongs to the same family as the cryptocurrency Bitcoin, whose value has increased more than 1,000 percent in just the past year. Ethereum has its own currencies, most notably Ether, but the platform has a wider scope than just money. You can think of my Ethereum address as having elements of a bank account, an email address and a Social Security number. For now, it exists only on my computer as an inert string of nonsense, but the second I try to perform any kind of transaction — say, contributing to a crowdfunding campaign or voting in an online referendum — that address is broadcast out to an improvised worldwide network of computers that tries to verify the transaction. The results of that verification are then broadcast to the wider network again, where more machines enter into a kind of competition to perform complex mathematical calculations, the winner of which gets to record that transaction in the single, canonical record of every transaction ever made in the history of Ethereum. Because those transactions are registered in a sequence of “blocks” of data, that record is called the blockchain.

The whole exchange takes no more than a few minutes to complete. From my perspective, the experience barely differs from the usual routines of online life. But on a technical level, something miraculous is happening — something that would have been unimaginable just a decade ago. I’ve managed to complete a secure transaction without any of the traditional institutions that we rely on to establish trust. No intermediary brokered the deal; no social-media network captured the data from my transaction to better target its advertising; no credit bureau tracked the activity to build a portrait of my financial trustworthiness.

And the platform that makes all this possible? No one owns it. There are no venture investors backing Ethereum Inc., because there is no Ethereum Inc. As an organizational form, Ethereum is far closer to a democracy than a private corporation. No imperial chief executive calls the shots. You earn the privilege of helping to steer Ethereum’s ship of state by joining the community and doing the work. Like Bitcoin and most other blockchain platforms, Ethereum is more a swarm than a formal entity. Its borders are porous; its hierarchy is deliberately flattened.

Oh, one other thing: Some members of that swarm have already accumulated a paper net worth in the billions from their labors, as the value of one “coin” of Ether rose from $8 on Jan. 1, 2017, to $843 exactly one year later.

You may be inclined to dismiss these transformations. After all, Bitcoin and Ether’s runaway valuation looks like a case study in irrational exuberance. And why should you care about an arcane technical breakthrough that right now doesn’t feel all that different from signing in to a website to make a credit card payment?

‘The Bitcoin bubble may ultimately turn out to be a distraction from the true significance of the blockchain.’

But that dismissal would be shortsighted. If there’s one thing we’ve learned from the recent history of the internet, it’s that seemingly esoteric decisions about software architecture can unleash profound global forces once the technology moves into wider circulation. If the email standards adopted in the 1970s had included public-private key cryptography as a default setting, we might have avoided the cataclysmic email hacks that have afflicted everyone from Sony to John Podesta, and millions of ordinary consumers might be spared routinized identity theft. If Tim Berners-Lee, the inventor of the World Wide Web, had included a protocol for mapping our social identity in his original specs, we might not have Facebook.

The true believers behind blockchain platforms like Ethereum argue that a network of distributed trust is one of those advances in software architecture that will prove, in the long run, to have historic significance. That promise has helped fuel the huge jump in cryptocurrency valuations. But in a way, the Bitcoin bubble may ultimately turn out to be a distraction from the true significance of the blockchain. The real promise of these new technologies, many of their evangelists believe, lies not in displacing our currencies but in replacing much of what we now think of as the internet, while at the same time returning the online world to a more decentralized and egalitarian system. If you believe the evangelists, the blockchain is the future. But it is also a way of getting back to the internet’s roots.

Once the inspiration for utopian dreams of infinite libraries and global connectivity, the internet has seemingly become, over the past year, a universal scapegoat: the cause of almost every social ill that confronts us. Russian trolls destroy the democratic system with fake news on Facebook; hate speech flourishes on Twitter and Reddit; the vast fortunes of the geek elite worsen income equality. For many of us who participated in the early days of the web, the last few years have felt almost postlapsarian. The web had promised a new kind of egalitarian media, populated by small magazines, bloggers and self-organizing encyclopedias; the information titans that dominated mass culture in the 20th century would give way to a more decentralized system, defined by collaborative networks, not hierarchies and broadcast channels. The wider culture would come to mirror the peer-to-peer architecture of the internet itself. The web in those days was hardly a utopia — there were financial bubbles and spammers and a thousand other problems — but beneath those flaws, we assumed, there was an underlying story of progress.

Last year marked the point at which that narrative finally collapsed. The existence of internet skeptics is nothing new, of course; the difference now is that the critical voices increasingly belong to former enthusiasts. “We have to fix the internet,” Walter Isaacson, Steve Jobs’s biographer, wrote in an essay published a few weeks after Donald Trump was elected president. “After 40 years, it has begun to corrode, both itself and us.” The former Google strategist James Williams told The Guardian: “The dynamics of the attention economy are structurally set up to undermine the human will.” In a blog post, Brad Burnham, a managing partner at Union Square Ventures, a top New York venture-capital firm, bemoaned the collateral damage from the quasi monopolies of the digital age: “Publishers find themselves becoming commodity content suppliers in a sea of undifferentiated content in the Facebook news feed. Websites see their fortunes upended by small changes in Google’s search algorithms. And manufacturers watch helplessly as sales dwindle when Amazon decides to source products directly in China and redirect demand to their own products.” (Full disclosure: Burnham’s firm invested in a company I started in 2006; we have had no financial relationship since it sold in 2011.) Even Berners-Lee, the inventor of the web itself, wrote a blog post voicing his concerns that the advertising-based model of social media and search engines creates a climate where “misinformation, or ‘fake news,’ which is surprising, shocking or designed to appeal to our biases, can spread like wildfire.”

For most critics, the solution to these immense structural issues has been to propose either a new mindfulness about the dangers of these tools — turning off our smartphones, keeping kids off social media — or the strong arm of regulation and antitrust: making the tech giants subject to the same scrutiny as other industries that are vital to the public interest, like the railroads or telephone networks of an earlier age. Both those ideas are commendable: We probably should develop a new set of habits governing how we interact with social media, and it seems entirely sensible that companies as powerful as Google and Facebook should face the same regulatory scrutiny as, say, television networks. But those interventions are unlikely to fix the core problems that the online world confronts. After all, it was not just the antitrust division of the Department of Justice that challenged Microsoft’s monopoly power in the 1990s; it was also the emergence of new software and hardware — the web, open-source software and Apple products — that helped undermine Microsoft’s dominant position.

The blockchain evangelists behind platforms like Ethereum believe that a comparable array of advances in software, cryptography and distributed systems has the ability to tackle today’s digital problems: the corrosive incentives of online advertising; the quasi monopolies of Facebook, Google and Amazon; Russian misinformation campaigns. If they succeed, their creations may challenge the hegemony of the tech giants far more effectively than any antitrust regulation. They even claim to offer an alternative to the winner-take-all model of capitalism than has driven wealth inequality to heights not seen since the age of the robber barons.

That remedy is not yet visible in any product that would be intelligible to an ordinary tech consumer. The only blockchain project that has crossed over into mainstream recognition so far is Bitcoin, which is in the middle of a speculative bubble that makes the 1990s internet I.P.O. frenzy look like a neighborhood garage sale. And herein lies the cognitive dissonance that confronts anyone trying to make sense of the blockchain: the potential power of this would-be revolution is being actively undercut by the crowd it is attracting, a veritable goon squad of charlatans, false prophets and mercenaries. Not for the first time, technologists pursuing a vision of an open and decentralized network have found themselves surrounded by a wave of opportunists looking to make an overnight fortune. The question is whether, after the bubble has burst, the very real promise of the blockchain can endure.

To some students of modern technological history, the internet’s fall from grace follows an inevitable historical script. As Tim Wu argued in his 2010 book, “The Master Switch,” all the major information technologies of the 20th century adhered to a similar developmental pattern, starting out as the playthings of hobbyists and researchers motivated by curiosity and community, and ending up in the hands of multinational corporations fixated on maximizing shareholder value. Wu calls this pattern the Cycle, and on the surface at least, the internet has followed the Cycle with convincing fidelity. The internet began as a hodgepodge of government-funded academic research projects and side-hustle hobbies. But 20 years after the web first crested into the popular imagination, it has produced in Google, Facebook and Amazon — and indirectly, Apple — what may well be the most powerful and valuable corporations in the history of capitalism.

Blockchain advocates don’t accept the inevitability of the Cycle. The roots of the internet were in fact more radically open and decentralized than previous information technologies, they argue, and had we managed to stay true to those roots, it could have remained that way. The online world would not be dominated by a handful of information-age titans; our news platforms would be less vulnerable to manipulation and fraud; identity theft would be far less common; advertising dollars would be distributed across a wider range of media properties.

To understand why, it helps to think of the internet as two fundamentally different kinds of systems stacked on top of each other, like layers in an archaeological dig. One layer is composed of the software protocols that were developed in the 1970s and 1980s and hit critical mass, at least in terms of audience, in the 1990s. (A protocol is the software version of a lingua franca, a way that multiple computers agree to communicate with one another. There are protocols that govern the flow of the internet’s raw data, and protocols for sending email messages, and protocols that define the addresses of web pages.) And then above them, a second layer of web-based services — Facebook, Google, Amazon, Twitter — that largely came to power in the following decade.

The first layer — call it InternetOne — was founded on open protocols, which in turn were defined and maintained by academic researchers and international-standards bodies, owned by no one. In fact, that original openness continues to be all around us, in ways we probably don’t appreciate enough. Email is still based on the open protocols POP, SMTP and IMAP; websites are still served up using the open protocol HTTP; bits are still circulated via the original open protocols of the internet, TCP/IP. You don’t need to understand anything about how these software conventions work on a technical level to enjoy their benefits. The key characteristic they all share is that anyone can use them, free of charge. You don’t need to pay a licensing fee to some corporation that owns HTTP if you want to put up a web page; you don’t have to sell a part of your identity to advertisers if you want to send an email using SMTP. Along with Wikipedia, the open protocols of the internet constitute the most impressive example of commons-based production in human history.

To see how enormous but also invisible the benefits of such protocols have been, imagine that one of those key standards had not been developed: for instance, the open standard we use for defining our geographic location, GPS. Originally developed by the United States military, the Global Positioning System was first made available for civilian use during the Reagan administration. For about a decade, it was largely used by the aviation industry, until individual consumers began to use it in car navigation systems. And now we have smartphones that can pick up a signal from GPS satellites orbiting above us, and we use that extraordinary power to do everything from locating nearby restaurants to playing Pokémon Go to coordinating disaster-relief efforts.

But what if the military had kept GPS out of the public domain? Presumably, sometime in the 1990s, a market signal would have gone out to the innovators of Silicon Valley and other tech hubs, suggesting that consumers were interested in establishing their exact geographic coordinates so that those locations could be projected onto digital maps. There would have been a few years of furious competition among rival companies, who would toss their own proprietary satellites into orbit and advance their own unique protocols, but eventually the market would have settled on one dominant model, given all the efficiencies that result from a single, common way of verifying location. Call that imaginary firm GeoBook. Initially, the embrace of GeoBook would have been a leap forward for consumers and other companies trying to build location awareness into their hardware and software. But slowly, a darker narrative would have emerged: a single private corporation, tracking the movements of billions of people around the planet, building an advertising behemoth based on our shifting locations. Any start-up trying to build a geo-aware application would have been vulnerable to the whims of mighty GeoBook. Appropriately angry polemics would have been written denouncing the public menace of this Big Brother in the sky.

But none of that happened, for a simple reason. Geolocation, like the location of web pages and email addresses and domain names, is a problem we solved with an open protocol. And because it’s a problem we don’t have, we rarely think about how beautifully GPS does work and how many different applications have been built on its foundation.

The open, decentralized web turns out to be alive and well on the InternetOne layer. But since we settled on the World Wide Web in the mid-’90s, we’ve adopted very few new open-standard protocols. The biggest problems that technologists tackled after 1995 — many of which revolved around identity, community and payment mechanisms — were left to the private sector to solve. This is what led, in the early 2000s, to a powerful new layer of internet services, which we might call InternetTwo.

For all their brilliance, the inventors of the open protocols that shaped the internet failed to include some key elements that would later prove critical to the future of online culture. Perhaps most important, they did not create a secure open standard that established human identity on the network. Units of information could be defined — pages, links, messages — but people did not have their own protocol: no way to define and share your real name, your location, your interests or (perhaps most crucial) your relationships to other people online.

This turns out to have been a major oversight, because identity is the sort of problem that benefits from one universally recognized solution. It’s what Vitalik Buterin, a founder of Ethereum, describes as “base-layer” infrastructure: things like language, roads and postal services, platforms where commerce and competition are actually assisted by having an underlying layer in the public domain. Offline, we don’t have an open market for physical passports or Social Security numbers; we have a few reputable authorities — most of them backed by the power of the state — that we use to confirm to others that we are who we say we are. But online, the private sector swooped in to fill that vacuum, and because identity had that characteristic of being a universal problem, the market was heavily incentivized to settle on one common standard for defining yourself and the people you know.

The self-reinforcing feedback loops that economists call “increasing returns” or “network effects” kicked in, and after a period of experimentation in which we dabbled in social-media start-ups like Myspace and Friendster, the market settled on what is essentially a proprietary standard for establishing who you are and whom you know. That standard is Facebook. With more than two billion users, Facebook is far larger than the entire internet at the peak of the dot-com bubble in the late 1990s. And that user growth has made it the world’s sixth-most-valuable corporation, just 14 years after it was founded. Facebook is the ultimate embodiment of the chasm that divides InternetOne and InternetTwo economies. No private company owned the protocols that defined email or GPS or the open web. But one single corporation owns the data that define social identity for two billion people today — and one single person, Mark Zuckerberg, holds the majority of the voting power in that corporation.

If you see the rise of the centralized web as an inevitable turn of the Cycle, and the open-protocol idealism of the early web as a kind of adolescent false consciousness, then there’s less reason to fret about all the ways we’ve abandoned the vision of InternetOne. Either we’re living in a fallen state today and there’s no way to get back to Eden, or Eden itself was a kind of fantasy that was always going to be corrupted by concentrated power. In either case, there’s no point in trying to restore the architecture of InternetOne; our only hope is to use the power of the state to rein in these corporate giants, through regulation and antitrust action. It’s a variation of the old Audre Lorde maxim: “The master’s tools will never dismantle the master’s house.” You can’t fix the problems technology has created for us by throwing more technological solutions at it. You need forces outside the domain of software and servers to break up cartels with this much power.

But the thing about the master’s house, in this analogy, is that it’s a duplex. The upper floor has indeed been built with tools that cannot be used to dismantle it. But the open protocols beneath them still have the potential to build something better.

One of the most persuasive advocates of an open-protocol revival is Juan Benet, a Mexican-born programmer now living on a suburban side street in Palo Alto, Calif., in a three-bedroom rental that he shares with his girlfriend and another programmer, plus a rotating cast of guests, some of whom belong to Benet’s organization, Protocol Labs. On a warm day in September, Benet greeted me at his door wearing a black Protocol Labs hoodie. The interior of the space brought to mind the incubator/frat house of HBO’s “Silicon Valley,” its living room commandeered by an array of black computer monitors. In the entrance hallway, the words “Welcome to Rivendell” were scrawled out on a whiteboard, a nod to the Elven city from “Lord of the Rings.” “We call this house Rivendell,” Benet said sheepishly. “It’s not a very good Rivendell. It doesn’t have enough books, or waterfalls, or elves.”

Benet, who is 29, considers himself a child of the first peer-to-peer revolution that briefly flourished in the late 1990s and early 2000s, driven in large part by networks like BitTorrent that distributed media files, often illegally. That initial flowering was in many ways a logical outgrowth of the internet’s decentralized, open-protocol roots. The web had shown that you could publish documents reliably in a commons-based network. Services like BitTorrent or Skype took that logic to the next level, allowing ordinary users to add new functionality to the internet: creating a distributed library of (largely pirated) media, as with BitTorrent, or helping people make phone calls over the internet, as with Skype.

‘We’re not trying to replace the U.S. government. It’s not meant to be a real currency; it’s meant to be a pseudo-currency inside this world.’

Sitting in the living room/office at Rivendell, Benet told me that he thinks of the early 2000s, with the ascent of Skype and BitTorrent, as “the ‘summer’ of peer-to-peer” — its salad days. “But then peer-to-peer hit a wall, because people started to prefer centralized architectures,” he said. “And partly because the peer-to-peer business models were piracy-driven.” A graduate of Stanford’s computer-science program, Benet talks in a manner reminiscent of Elon Musk: As he speaks, his eyes dart across an empty space above your head, almost as though he’s reading an invisible teleprompter to find the words. He is passionate about the technology Protocol Labs is developing, but also keen to put it in a wider context. For Benet, the shift from distributed systems to more centralized approaches set in motion changes that few could have predicted. “The rules of the game, the rules that govern all of this technology, matter a lot,” he said. “The structure of what we build now will paint a very different picture of the way things will be five or 10 years in the future.” He continued: “It was clear to me then that peer-to-peer was this extraordinary thing. What was not clear to me then was how at risk it is. It was not clear to me that you had to take up the baton, that it’s now your turn to protect it.”

Protocol Labs is Benet’s attempt to take up that baton, and its first project is a radical overhaul of the internet’s file system, including the basic scheme we use to address the location of pages on the web. Benet calls his system IPFS, short for InterPlanetary File System. The current protocol — HTTP — pulls down web pages from a single location at a time and has no built-in mechanism for archiving the online pages. IPFS allows users to download a page simultaneously from multiple locations and includes what programmers call “historic versioning,” so that past iterations do not vanish from the historical record. To support the protocol, Benet is also creating a system called Filecoin that will allow users to effectively rent out unused hard-drive space. (Think of it as a sort of Airbnb for data.) “Right now there are tons of hard drives around the planet that are doing nothing, or close to nothing, to the point where their owners are just losing money,” Benet said. “So you can bring online a massive amount of supply, which will bring down the costs of storage.” But as its name suggests, Protocol Labs has an ambition that extends beyond these projects; Benet’s larger mission is to support many new open-source protocols in the years to come.

Why did the internet follow the path from open to closed? One part of the explanation lies in sins of omission: By the time a new generation of coders began to tackle the problems that InternetOne left unsolved, there were near-limitless sources of capital to invest in those efforts, so long as the coders kept their systems closed. The secret to the success of the open protocols of InternetOne is that they were developed in an age when most people didn’t care about online networks, so they were able to stealthily reach critical mass without having to contend with wealthy conglomerates and venture capitalists. By the mid-2000s, though, a promising new start-up like Facebook could attract millions of dollars in financing even before it became a household brand. And that private-sector money ensured that the company’s key software would remain closed, in order to capture as much value as possible for shareholders.

And yet — as the venture capitalist Chris Dixon points out — there was another factor, too, one that was more technical than financial in nature. “Let’s say you’re trying to build an open Twitter,” Dixon explained while sitting in a conference room at the New York offices of Andreessen Horowitz, where he is a general partner. “I’m @cdixon at Twitter. Where do you store that? You need a database.” A closed architecture like Facebook’s or Twitter’s puts all the information about its users — their handles, their likes and photos, the map of connections they have to other individuals on the network — into a private database that is maintained by the company. Whenever you look at your Facebook newsfeed, you are granted access to some infinitesimally small section of that database, seeing only the information that is relevant to you.

Running Facebook’s database is an unimaginably complex operation, relying on hundreds of thousands of servers scattered around the world, overseen by some of the most brilliant engineers on the planet. From Facebook’s point of view, they’re providing a valuable service to humanity: creating a common social graph for almost everyone on earth. The fact that they have to sell ads to pay the bills for that service — and the fact that the scale of their network gives them staggering power over the minds of two billion people around the world — is an unfortunate, but inevitable, price to pay for a shared social graph. And that trade-off did in fact make sense in the mid-2000s; creating a single database capable of tracking the interactions of hundreds of millions of people — much less two billion — was the kind of problem that could be tackled only by a single organization. But as Benet and his fellow blockchain evangelists are eager to prove, that might not be true anymore.

So how can you get meaningful adoption of base-layer protocols in an age when the big tech companies have already attracted billions of users and collectively sit on hundreds of billions of dollars in cash? If you happen to believe that the internet, in its current incarnation, is causing significant and growing harm to society, then this seemingly esoteric problem — the difficulty of getting people to adopt new open-source technology standards — turns out to have momentous consequences. If we can’t figure out a way to introduce new, rival base-layer infrastructure, then we’re stuck with the internet we have today. The best we can hope for is government interventions to scale back the power of Facebook or Google, or some kind of consumer revolt that encourages that marketplace to shift to less hegemonic online services, the digital equivalent of forswearing big agriculture for local farmers’ markets. Neither approach would upend the underlying dynamics of Internet Two.

 

 

The first hint of a meaningful challenge to the closed-protocol era arrived in 2008, not long after Zuckerberg opened the first international headquarters for his growing company. A mysterious programmer (or group of programmers) going by the name Satoshi Nakamoto circulated a paper on a cryptography mailing list. The paper was called “Bitcoin: A Peer-to-Peer Electronic Cash System,” and in it, Nakamoto outlined an ingenious system for a digital currency that did not require a centralized trusted authority to verify transactions. At the time, Facebook and Bitcoin seemed to belong to entirely different spheres — one was a booming venture-backed social-media start-up that let you share birthday greetings and connect with old friends, while the other was a byzantine scheme for cryptographic currency from an obscure email list. But 10 years later, the ideas that Nakamoto unleashed with that paper now pose the most significant challenge to the hegemony of InternetTwo giants like Facebook.

The paradox about Bitcoin is that it may well turn out to be a genuinely revolutionary breakthrough and at the same time a colossal failure as a currency. As I write, Bitcoin has increased in value by nearly 100,000 percent over the past five years, making a fortune for its early investors but also branding it as a spectacularly unstable payment mechanism. The process for creating new Bitcoins has also turned out to be a staggering energy drain.

History is replete with stories of new technologies whose initial applications end up having little to do with their eventual use. All the focus on Bitcoin as a payment system may similarly prove to be a distraction, a technological red herring. Nakamoto pitched Bitcoin as a “peer-to-peer electronic-cash system” in the initial manifesto, but at its heart, the innovation he (or she or they) was proposing had a more general structure, with two key features.

First, Bitcoin offered a kind of proof that you could create a secure database — the blockchain — scattered across hundreds or thousands of computers, with no single authority controlling and verifying the authenticity of the data.

Second, Nakamoto designed Bitcoin so that the work of maintaining that distributed ledger was itself rewarded with small, increasingly scarce Bitcoin payments. If you dedicated half your computer’s processing cycles to helping the Bitcoin network get its math right — and thus fend off the hackers and scam artists — you received a small sliver of the currency. Nakamoto designed the system so that Bitcoins would grow increasingly difficult to earn over time, ensuring a certain amount of scarcity in the system. If you helped Bitcoin keep that database secure in the early days, you would earn more Bitcoin than later arrivals. This process has come to be called “mining.”

For our purposes, forget everything else about the Bitcoin frenzy, and just keep these two things in mind: What Nakamoto ushered into the world was a way of agreeing on the contents of a database without anyone being “in charge” of the database, and a way of compensating people for helping make that database more valuable, without those people being on an official payroll or owning shares in a corporate entity. Together, those two ideas solved the distributed-database problem and the funding problem. Suddenly there was a way of supporting open protocols that wasn’t available during the infancy of Facebook and Twitter.

These two features have now been replicated in dozens of new systems inspired by Bitcoin. One of those systems is Ethereum, proposed in a white paper by Vitalik Buterin when he was just 19. Ethereum does have its currencies, but at its heart Ethereum was designed less to facilitate electronic payments than to allow people to run applications on top of the Ethereum blockchain. There are currently hundreds of Ethereum apps in development, ranging from prediction markets to Facebook clones to crowdfunding services. Almost all of them are in pre-alpha stage, not ready for consumer adoption. Despite the embryonic state of the applications, the Ether currency has seen its own miniature version of the Bitcoin bubble, most likely making Buterin an immense fortune.

These currencies can be used in clever ways. Juan Benet’s Filecoin system will rely on Ethereum technology and reward users and developers who adopt its IPFS protocol or help maintain the shared database it requires. Protocol Labs is creating its own cryptocurrency, also called Filecoin, and has plans to sell some of those coins on the open market in the coming months. (In the summer of 2017, the company raised $135 million in the first 60 minutes of what Benet calls a “presale” of the tokens to accredited investors.) Many cryptocurrencies are first made available to the public through a process known as an initial coin offering, or I.C.O.

The I.C.O. abbreviation is a deliberate echo of the initial public offering that so defined the first internet bubble in the 1990s. But there is a crucial difference between the two. Speculators can buy in during an I.C.O., but they are not buying an ownership stake in a private company and its proprietary software, the way they might in a traditional I.P.O. Afterward, the coins will continue to be created in exchange for labor — in the case of Filecoin, by anyone who helps maintain the Filecoin network. Developers who help refine the software can earn the coins, as can ordinary users who lend out spare hard-drive space to expand the network’s storage capacity. The Filecoin is a way of signaling that someone, somewhere, has added value to the network.

. You need new code.

 

 

Part II What is Fractional Reserve Banking System?

 

The Money Multiplier (video)

 

Money creation in a fractional reserve system | Financial sector | AP Macroeconomics | Khan Academy

 

In a fractional reserve banking system, banks create money when they make loans. 

Bank reserves have a multiplier effect on the money supply.

 

What Is Fractional Reserve Banking?

  • Fractional reserve banking is a system in which only a fraction of bank deposits are backed by actual cash on hand and available for withdrawal. This is done to theoretically expand the economy by freeing capital for lending.

 

Understanding Fractional Reserve Banking

 

Banks are required to keep on hand and available for withdrawal a certain amount of the cash that depositors give them. If someone deposits $100, the bank can't lend out the entire amount.

 

Nor are banks required to keep the entire amount on hand. Many central banks have historically required banks under their purview to keep 10% of the deposit, referred to as reserves. This requirement is set in the U.S. by the Federal Reserve and is one of the central bank's tools to implement monetary policy. Increasing the reserve requirement takes money out of the economy while decreasing the reserve requirement puts money into the economy.

 

Historically, the required reserve ratio on non-transaction accounts (such as CDs) is zero, while the requirement on transaction deposits (e.g., checking accounts) is 10 percent. Following recent efforts to stimulate economic growth, however, the Fed has reduced the reserve requirements to zero for transaction accounts as well.

 

Fractional Reserve Requirements

Depository institutions must report their transaction accounts, time and savings deposits, vault cash, and other reservable obligations to the Fed either weekly or quarterly. Some banks are exempt from holding reserves, but all banks are paid a rate of interest on reserves called the "interest rate on reserves" (IOR) or the "interest rate on excess reserves" (IOER). This rate acts as an incentive for banks to keep excess reserves.

 

Banks with less than $16.3 million in assets are not required to hold reserves. Banks with assets of less than $124.2 million but more than $16.3 million have a 3% reserve requirement, and those banks with more than $124.2 million in assets have a 10% reserve requirement.

 

Fractional banking aims to expand the economy by freeing capital for lending.

 

Fractional Reserve Multiplier Effect

"Fractional reserve" refers to the fraction of deposits held in reserves. For example, if a bank has $500 million in assets, it must hold $50 million, or 10%, in reserve.

Analysts reference an equation referred to as the multiplier equation when estimating the impact of the reserve requirement on the economy as a whole. The equation provides an estimate for the amount of money created with the fractional reserve system and is calculated by multiplying the initial deposit by one divided by the reserve requirement. Using the example above, the calculation is $500 million multiplied by one divided by 10%, or $5 billion.

This is not how money is actually created but only a way to represent the possible impact of the fractional reserve system on the money supply. As such, while is useful for economics professors, it is generally regarded as an oversimplification by policymakers.

 

The Bottom Line

Fractional reserve banking has pros and cons. It permits banks to use funds (the bulk of deposits) that would be otherwise unused to generate returns in the form of interest rates on loansand to make more money available to grow the economy. It also, however, could catch a bank short in the self-perpetuating panic of a bank run.

Many U.S. banks were forced to shut down during the Great Depression because too many customers attempted to withdraw assets at the same time. Nevertheless, fractional reserve banking is an accepted business practice that is in use at banks worldwide.

 

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/fractionalreservebanking.asp

 

Example: You deposited $1,000 in a local bank

 

image006.jpg

 

Iteration #

Deposited

=

Reserves

+

Available to Lend

Bank

Lends to

1. A

1,000.00

=

100

+

900

A

2. B

900

=

90

+

810

3. C

810

=

81

+

729

C

4. D

729

=

72.9

+

656.1

D

And the cycle continues…

 

Summary: Template here FYI (updated)

 

Iteration #

Deposited by

Amount Held

Amount

Total Amount that

Total Amount that

Total Amount

Total Amount that

Customer

in Reserve

Currently

“Can” be

Has Been

Held in Reserve

Customers Believe

 

from Deposit

Available to

Lent Out

Lent Out

 

They Have

 

 

Lend Out

 

 

 

 

 

 

from Deposit

 

 

 

 

1

1,000.00

100

900

900

0

100

1,000.00

2

900

90

810

1,710.00

900

190

1,900.00

3

810

81

729

2,439.00

1,710.00

271

2,710.00

4

729

72.9

656.1

3,095.10

2,439.00

343.9

3,439.00

5

656.1

65.61

590.49

3,685.59

3,095.10

409.51

4,095.10

6

590.49

59.05

531.44

4,217.03

3,685.59

468.56

4,685.59

7

531.44

53.14

478.3

4,695.33

4,217.03

521.7

5,217.03

8

478.3

47.83

430.47

5,125.80

4,695.33

569.53

5,695.33

9

430.47

43.05

387.42

5,513.22

5,125.80

612.58

6,125.80

10

387.42

38.74

348.68

5,861.89

5,513.22

651.32

6,513.22

….

 

Weaknesses of fractional reserve lending (khan academy)

 

(continuing from above)

Advocates like Chris Dixon have started referring to the compensation side of the equation in terms of “tokens,” not coins, to emphasize that the technology here isn’t necessarily aiming to disrupt existing currency systems. “I like the metaphor of a token because it makes it very clear that it’s like an arcade,” he says. “You go to the arcade, and in the arcade you can use these tokens. But we’re not trying to replace the U.S. government. It’s not meant to be a real currency; it’s meant to be a pseudo-currency inside this world.” Dan Finlay, a creator of MetaMask, echoes Dixon’s argument. “To me, what’s interesting about this is that we get to program new value systems,” he says. “They don’t have to resemble money.”

Pseudo or not, the idea of an I.C.O. has already inspired a host of shady offerings, some of them endorsed by celebrities who would seem to be unlikely blockchain enthusiasts, like DJ Khaled, Paris Hilton and Floyd Mayweather. In a blog post published in October 2017, Fred Wilson, a founder of Union Square Ventures and an early advocate of the blockchain revolution, thundered against the spread of I.C.O.s. “I hate it,” Wilson wrote, adding that most I.C.O.s “are scams. And the celebrities and others who promote them on their social-media channels in an effort to enrich themselves are behaving badly and possibly violating securities laws.” Arguably the most striking thing about the surge of interest in I.C.O.s — and in existing currencies like Bitcoin or Ether — is how much financial speculation has already gravitated to platforms that have effectively zero adoption among ordinary consumers. At least during the internet bubble of late 1990s, ordinary people were buying books on Amazon or reading newspapers online; there was clear evidence that the web was going to become a mainstream platform. Today, the hype cycles are so accelerated that billions of dollars are chasing a technology that almost no one outside the cryptocommunity understands, much less uses.

Let’s say, for the sake of argument, that the hype is warranted, and blockchain platforms like Ethereum become a fundamental part of our digital infrastructure. How would a distributed ledger and a token economy somehow challenge one of the tech giants? One of Fred Wilson’s partners at Union Square Ventures, Brad Burnham, suggests a scenario revolving around another tech giant that has run afoul of regulators and public opinion in the last year: Uber. “Uber is basically just a coordination platform between drivers and passengers,” Burnham says. “Yes, it was really innovative, and there were a bunch of things in the beginning about reducing the anxiety of whether the driver was coming or not, and the map — and a whole bunch of things that you should give them a lot of credit for.” But when a new service like Uber starts to take off, there’s a strong incentive for the marketplace to consolidate around a single leader. The fact that more passengers are starting to use the Uber app attracts more drivers to the service, which in turn attracts more passengers. People have their credit cards stored with Uber; they have the app installed already; there are far more Uber drivers on the road. And so the switching costs of trying out some other rival service eventually become prohibitive, even if the chief executive seems to be a jerk or if consumers would, in the abstract, prefer a competitive marketplace with a dozen Ubers. “At some point, the innovation around the coordination becomes less and less innovative,” Burnham says.

The blockchain world proposes something different. Imagine some group like Protocol Labs decides there’s a case to be made for adding another “basic layer” to the stack. Just as GPS gave us a way of discovering and sharing our location, this new protocol would define a simple request: I am here and would like to go there. A distributed ledger might record all its users’ past trips, credit cards, favorite locations — all the metadata that services like Uber or Amazon use to encourage lock-in. Call it, for the sake of argument, the Transit protocol. The standards for sending a Transit request out onto the internet would be entirely open; anyone who wanted to build an app to respond to that request would be free to do so. Cities could build Transit apps that allowed taxi drivers to field requests. But so could bike-share collectives, or rickshaw drivers. Developers could create shared marketplace apps where all the potential vehicles using Transit could vie for your business. When you walked out on the sidewalk and tried to get a ride, you wouldn’t have to place your allegiance with a single provider before hailing. You would simply announce that you were standing at 67th and Madison and needed to get to Union Square. And then you’d get a flurry of competing offers. You could even theoretically get an offer from the M.T.A., which could build a service to remind Transit users that it might be much cheaper and faster just to jump on the 6 train.

How would Transit reach critical mass when Uber and Lyft already dominate the ride-sharing market? This is where the tokens come in. Early adopters of Transit would be rewarded with Transit tokens, which could themselves be used to purchase Transit services or be traded on exchanges for traditional currency. As in the Bitcoin model, tokens would be doled out less generously as Transit grew more popular. In the early days, a developer who built an iPhone app that uses Transit might see a windfall of tokens; Uber drivers who started using Transit as a second option for finding passengers could collect tokens as a reward for embracing the system; adventurous consumers would be rewarded with tokens for using Transit in its early days, when there are fewer drivers available compared with the existing proprietary networks like Uber or Lyft.

As Transit began to take off, it would attract speculators, who would put a monetary price on the token and drive even more interest in the protocol by inflating its value, which in turn would attract more developers, drivers and customers. If the whole system ends up working as its advocates believe, the result is a more competitive but at the same time more equitable marketplace. Instead of all the economic value being captured by the shareholders of one or two large corporations that dominate the market, the economic value is distributed across a much wider group: the early developers of Transit, the app creators who make the protocol work in a consumer-friendly form, the early-adopter drivers and passengers, the first wave of speculators. Token economies introduce a strange new set of elements that do not fit the traditional models: instead of creating value by owning something, as in the shareholder equity model, people create value by improving the underlying protocol, either by helping to maintain the ledger (as in Bitcoin mining), or by writing apps atop it, or simply by using the service. The lines between founders, investors and customers are far blurrier than in traditional corporate models; all the incentives are explicitly designed to steer away from winner-take-all outcomes. And yet at the same time, the whole system depends on an initial speculative phase in which outsiders are betting on the token to rise in value.

“You think about the ’90s internet bubble and all the great infrastructure we got out of that,” Dixon says. “You’re basically taking that effect and shrinking it down to the size of an application.”

Bitcoin is now a nine-year-old multibillion-dollar bug bounty, and no one’s hacked it. It feels like pretty good proof.’

Even decentralized cryptomovements have their key nodes. For Ethereum, one of those nodes is the Brooklyn headquarters of an organization called ConsenSys, founded by Joseph Lubin, an early Ethereum pioneer. In November, Amanda Gutterman, the 26-year-old chief marketing officer for ConsenSys, gave me a tour of the space. In our first few minutes together, she offered the obligatory cup of coffee, only to discover that the drip-coffee machine in the kitchen was bone dry. “How can we fix the internet if we can’t even make coffee?” she said with a laugh.

 

Part III: Could Cryptocurrency Put Banks out of Business?

 

ppt 

 

What is Cryptocurrency? What is blockchain?

 

How the blockchain is changing money and business | Don Tapscott (TED, video)

 

Impact of Cryptocurrency on economy

 

For discussion:

  • What is the major impact of Cryptocurrency on the global economy?

 

https://philippsandner.medium.com/the-impact-of-crypto-currencies-on-developing-countries-dce44c529d6b

·       The first crypto currency discussed in this paper as an example is Bitcoin which is technically, “an algorithm that records an ongoing chain of transactions between members of a decentralized peer-to-peer network and broadcasts these records to all members of the network”.

·       Secondly, Ethereum is used as an example which is a blockchain-based, public, open-source, computing platform and operating system for smart contracts.

·       The first advantage is that crypto currencies combine important properties to foster trust, such as accountability and transparency, which allows trust free interactions between counterparties.

·       Another benefit of the decentralization of crypto currencies is that governments cannot manage them. Hence, crypto currencies are not restricted to a specific geographic area and can be traded around the world. Therefore, Bitcoin can be used to provide low-cost money transfers, particularly for those seeking to transfer small amounts of money internationally, such as remittance payments

·       One characteristic is that it makes it easy to transfer money from illegal activities or to finance terror activities without the possibility of government intervention

·       the decentralization and “the lack of flexibility in the Bitcoin supply schedule results in high price volatility

·       Furthermore, no government or central bank can influence the supply of crypto currencies.

·       Cryptocurrency has not changed existing job markets, however it created jobs in a new category of its own. Cryptocurrency job availability has increased demand for software engineers, and provided many new jobs for US workers.  https://www.arcgis.com/apps/Cascade/index.html?appid=b9bafd50ab5f4eec9a77925cec0db09d

 

  • Could crypto currency put banks out of business?

Could digital currencies put banks out of business? | The Economist (video)

 

The short answer is yes. Cryptocurrencies are an existential threat to central banks, and the response from national financial authorities thus far seems to be, “If you can't beat them, join them.”  

 

Ages 25-34 (https://coinmarketcap.com/alexandria/article/will-cryptocurrencies-and-blockchain-replace-banking-and-finance)

The youngest age demographic is most likely to participate in crypto, with 58% of digital currency owners worldwide being under 34, according to a 2021 survey.

A whopping 27% of people ages 18-34 prefer Bitcoin (the largest crypto by market cap) over stocks (April 2019 study). The youngest age demographic of investors is the most likely to adopt Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies as a large or maybe the largest portion of their portfolios.

 

Additionally, 54.9% of retail investors are between the ages of 26 and 40. This class of investors has shown increasing interest in crypto in 2021 after it provided unprecedented short-term opportunities.

 

From Dogecoin to Ethereum, speculation and value investing have been off the charts in a crypto bull run. This young investor demographic has grown impatient and used to sky-high returns and volatility.

 

Ages 35-44

This age category is the next most likely to enter the crypto scene. 36% of crypto investors worldwide have an income of over 100,000 USD. The next wave of crypto buyers is older, with an average age of 44 in the USA.

 

With more education and more disposable income, this investor class is looking to cash in on early crypto adoption and coin trading. These two youngest groups of investors on the chart are also most likely to use DeFi’s other tools like staking and borrowing currency.

 

Ages 45-54

Even ages 45-54 show signs of adopting crypto as the average age of the crypto-curious settles around 44. Many in this age group are looking for extra portfolio allocations that may help them reach a comfier retirement. However, many Gen Xers prefer a relationship with mutual funds and safe stocks like Apple or Amazon.

 

‍Ages 55-64

The Baby Boomer generation shows a less than 1% likelihood of investing in Bitcoin as a long-term investment (July 2018 study). They have little trust for digital currency and prefer mainstream investments as safer vehicles for their wealth as they look to transition out of the workforce.

 

Age 65+

Those ages 65 and over aren’t likely to contribute to cryptocurrency’s rise, as they are mostly concerned with safe investments to hold them through retirement. This age demographic is not as familiar with tech and has very low trust for digital assets. They are more likely to stay the path of 90-year-old investor Warren Buffet with a background in safer blue-chip stocks and mutual funds.

 

We shouldn’t forget that Asia and China make up a huge portion of these demographics, with over 59 million crypto users.

 

 

 

 

Google.com

 

 

 

https://www.coingecko.com/en/coins/cardano

 

 

 

 

 

 

https://www.coinbase.com/price

Top 5 cryptocurrency

 

 

 

 

For discussion:

  • Why Bitcoin?
  • Can other  Cryptocurrencies beat Bitcoin?
  • What is the difference between Ethereum and Bitocion? Between Cardano and Bitcoin?

 

What is Bitcoin? (video)

What is bitcoin? By Khan Academy (video) (optional)

Bitcoin vs. Ethereum - Everything you need to know! (Similarities & differences)

 

 

Is Ethereum More Important Than Bitcoin?

https://www.investopedia.com/articles/investing/032216/ethereum-more-important-bitcoin.asp

By ADAM HAYES  Reviewed by ERIKA RASURE  Updated Aug 26, 2021

 

Blockchain technology, the distributed ledger system that underpins the digital currency Bitcoin, is getting a lot of attention from Wall Street lately. With uses ranging from cross-border payments to settlements and clearing of over-the-counter derivatives to streamlining back-office processes, the potential for disruption in the financial industry and elsewhere is growing more real each day. While bitcoin is the most widely used and well-known use case of blockchain, Ethereum may be the killer app that allows for this disruption to finally take place.

The token native to the Ethereum blockchain, Ether (ETH), currently trades around $230, and the market capitalization of all ether around $25 billion, making it the second most valuable blockchain behind Bitcoin (which represents approximately $185 billion of value). What is Ethereum and why is it interesting?

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Ethereum is a blockchain that was developed to support scripting and the creation of decentralized applications and 'smart contracts' through its virtual machine (EVM).
  • Ethereum's native token, Ether (ETH) is a cryptocurrency used to pay for the processing power of the EVM in order to run smart contracts or other Dapps, in what is called 'gas'.
  • Smart contracts have been used on Ethereum for a variety of purposes, from issuing ICO tokens to creating entire decentralized autonomous organizations (DAOs).

A Brief Overview of Ethereum

Ethereum was developed to augment and improve on bitcoin, expanding its capabilities. Importantly, it was developed to feature prominently “smart contracts:” decentralized, self-executing agreements coded into the blockchain itself.  Ethereum was first proposed by Vitalik Buterin in 2013 and went live with its first beta version in 2015. Its blockchain is built with a turing-complete scripting language that can simultaneously run such smart contracts across all nodes and achieve verifiable consensus without the need for a trusted third party such as a court, judge or legal system.  According to its website, Ethereum can be used to “codify, decentralize, secure and trade just about anything.” In late 2014, Ethereum raised almost $18 million in bitcoin by way of a crowd sale to fund its development.6

 

The ‘Ethereum Virtual Machine’ (EVM) is capable of running smart contracts that can represent financial agreements such as options contracts, swaps or coupon-paying bonds. It can also be used to execute bets and wagers, to fulfill employment contracts, to act as a trusted escrow for the purchase of high-value items, and to maintain a legitimate decentralized gambling facility. These are just a few examples of what is possible with smart contracts, and the potential to replace all sorts of legal, financial and social agreements is exciting.

 

Currently, the EVM is in its infancy, and running smart contracts is both “expensive” in terms of ether consumed, as well as limited in its processing power. According to its developers, the system is currently about as powerful as a late 1990s-era mobile phone. This, however, is likely to change as the protocol is developed further. To put this into perspective, the computer on the Apollo 11 lander had less power than an iPhone; it is certainly plausible that in a few short years, the EVM (or something like it) will be able to handle sophisticated smart contracts in real time.8

Within the Ethereum ecosystem, ether exists as the internal cryptocurrency which is used to settle the outcomes of smart contracts executed within the protocol. Ether can be mined for and traded on cryptocurrency exchanges with bitcoin or fiat currencies such as US Dollars, and is also used to pay for computational effort employed by nodes on its blockchain.

Ethereum and Decentralized Autonomous Organizations

Smart contracts could be the building blocks for entire decentralized autonomous organizations (DAO's) that function like corporations, engaging in economic transactions—buying and selling things, hiring labor, negotiating deals, balancing budgets and maximizing profits—without any human or institutional intervention. If one takes the view that corporations are just a complex web of contracts and obligations of varying size and scope, then such DAO's could be coded into Ethereum.

This opens the door for all sorts of new and interesting possibilities such as emancipated machines that literally own themselves and people being employed directly by pieces of software.

 

Ethereum and Decentralized Applications

While DAO's may be a concept to be realized in the future, decentralized applications (Dapps) are currently being developed for Ethereum today. These standalone applications utilize smart contracts and run on the EVM.9 Some examples include micro-payments platforms, reputation functions, online gambling apps, schedulers and P2P marketplaces.

 

The key feature to Dapps is that they run across a decentralized network and are enforced without the need for a central authority or overseer. Any sort of multi-party application that today relies on a central server can be disintermediated via the Ethereum blockchain.9 This can eventually include chat, gaming, shopping and banking.

 

The Bottom Line

What Bitcoin did for money and payments by harnessing blockchain technology, Ethereum may do for applications of all shapes and sizes. With a built-in scripting language and distributed virtual machine, smart contracts can be built to carry out all sorts of functions without the need for a trusted third party or central authority. Using its internal cryptocurrency, ether, nodes can be paid for their processing power in running these decentralized apps, and eventually, entire decentralized autonomous organizations may exist in an ether economy.

 

 

Cardano joins crypto’s creative destruction loop

https://www.reuters.com/breakingviews/cardano-joins-cryptos-creative-destruction-loop-2021-09-02/

By John Foley

September 3, 2021

 

Representations of cryptocurrencies Bitcoin, Ethereum, DogeCoin, Ripple, Litecoin are placed on PC motherboard in this illustration taken, June 29, 2021.  

NEW YORK, Sept 3 (Reuters Breakingviews) - Watch out, bitcoin and ether. Cryptocurrency platform Cardano had its ADA token pass the $3 mark for the first time on Sept. 1, just weeks after becoming the world’s third-biggest virtual tender. While its total value at that price of $96 billion is roughly a fifth of that of Ethereum’s currency and a 10th of that of leader bitcoin, according to Coinbase, the No. 3 has doubled in a month.

Cardano differs from its bigger cousins because transactions are verified using “proof of stake,” which rewards ownership, rather than “proof of work,” which rewards effort. The former uses much less energy. Ethereum is switching to proof of stake, but maybe not for a year or two. On the other hand, Cardano is less suited to so-called smart contracts, which automatically execute certain agreed actions, until a revamp later in September. Another difference is that the supply of Cardano’s ADA is limited, like bitcoins but unlike ether’s.

Crypto-believers may just hedge their bets by investing in all of them. But Cardano’s rise shows how the space is evolving – collectively. New entrants from Polkadot to Iota each bring some perk that the others don’t. Variations run into the thousands. Cardano’s success could be fleeting as copycats take its charms and build on them to create more appealing alternatives.

Those with long memories might remember Altavista, the 1990s search engine that introduced firsts like web-page translation. It stormed ahead until Google wiped it off the map, in part by piggybacking off the advances of its predecessors. A dollar invested in Google’s forebears might have been wasted, but without that, search wouldn’t be what it is today. That’s the paradox of crypto too: only through today’s investors losing fortunes will the sector deliver sustainable riches.

 

 

How Does Cardano Work? (video, optional)

 

Dogecoin (DOGE)

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/d/dogecoin.asp

By JAKE FRANKENFIELD Updated December 21, 2020

 

What Is Dogecoin?

Dogecoin (DOGE) is a peer-to-peer, open-source cryptocurrency. It is considered an altcoin and an almost sarcastic meme coin. Launched in Dec. 2013, Dogecoin has the image of a Shiba Inu dog as its logo.

While it was created seemingly as a joke, Dogecoin's blockchain still has merit. Its underlying technology is derived from Litecoin. Notable features of Dogecoin, which uses a scrypt algorithm, are its low price and unlimited supply.

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Dogecoin is an open-source cryptocurrency started in 2013 by Jackson Palmer and Billy Markus.
  • Dogecoin initially started as a joke based on a popular meme featuring a Shiba Inu (a Japanese breed of dog).
  • It is based on Litecoin and has the same technology behind its proof-of-work.
  • Dogecoin has a loyal community of supporters who trade it and use it as a tipping currency for social media content.

 

Understanding Dogecoin

Dogecoin started as something of a joke, but after it was created, it gained a following. By late 2017, it was participating in the cryptocurrency bubble that sent the values of many coins up significantly.1 After the bubble burst in 2018, Dogecoin lost much of its value, but it still has a core of supporters who trade it and use it to tip content on Twitter and Reddit.

Users can buy and sell Dogecoin on digital currency exchanges. They can opt to store their Dogecoin on an exchange or in a Dogecoin wallet.

 

The History of Dogecoin

In the Beginning

Jackson Palmer, a product manager at the Sydney, Australia office of Adobe Inc., created Dogecoin in 2013 as a way to satirize the hype surrounding cryptocurrencies. Palmer has been described as a "skeptic-analytic" observer of the emerging technology, and his initial tweets about his new cryptocurrency venture were done tongue-in-cheek. But after getting positive feedback on social media, he bought the domain dogecoin.com.

Meanwhile in Portland, Oregon, Billy Markus, a software developer at IBM who wanted to create a digital currency but had trouble promoting his efforts, discovered the Dogecoin buzz. Markus reached out to Palmer to get permission to build the software behind an actual Dogecoin.

Markus based Dogecoin's code on Luckycoin, which is itself derived from Litecoin, and initially used a randomized reward for block mining, although that was changed to a static reward in March 2014. Dogecoin uses Litecoin's scrypt technology and is a proof-of-work coin.

 

Palmer and Markus launched the coin on Dec. 6, 2013. Two weeks later on Dec. 19, the value of Dogecoin jumped 300%, perhaps due to China forbidding its banks from investing in cryptocurrency.

 

The Rise of Dogecoin

Dogecoin marketed itself as a "fun" version of Bitcoin with a Shibu Inu (Japanese dog) as its logo. Dogecoin's casual presentation suited the mood of the burgeoning crypto community. Its scrypt technology and unlimited supply was an argument for a faster, more adaptable, and consumer-friendly version of Bitcoin.

 

Dogecoin is an "inflationary coin," while cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin are deflationary because there’s a ceiling on the number of coins that will be created. Every four years the amount of Bitcoin released into circulation via mining rewards is halved and its inflation rate is halved along with it until all coins are released.

 

In Jan. 2014, the Dogecoin community donated 27 million Dogecoins worth approximately $30,000 to fund the Jamaican bobsled team's trip to the Sochi Winter Olympic games. In March of that year, the Dogecoin community donated $11,000 worth of Dogecoin to build a well in Kenya and $55,000 of Dogecoin to sponsor NASCAR driver Josh Wise.

By its first birthday, Dogecoin had a market capitalization of $20 million and a loyal fanbase.

 

Controversy Takes Some Fun From Dogecoin

The freewheeling fun of Dogecoin lost some of its mirth in 2015 as the crypto community, in general, started to grow more serious. The first sign that not all was well with the Dogecoin community was the departure of Jackson Palmer who has said that a “toxic community” had grown up around the coin and the money it was producing.

 

One member of that toxic community was Alex Green, a.k.a. Ryan Kennedy, a British citizen who created a Dogecoin exchange called Moolah. Alex Green (his pseudonym) was known in the community as a lavish tipper who reportedly mistakenly gave $15,000 instead of $1,500 to the NASCAR fundraiser.

 

Green's exchange convinced members of the community to donate large sums to help fund the creation of his exchange, but it later surfaced that he had used the donations to buy more than $1.5 million of Bitcoin that in turn bought him a lavish lifestyle. Separately, Kennedy was convicted in 2016 of multiple counts of rape and sentenced to 11 years in prison.

 

Dogecoin During and After the Crypto Bubble of 2017-2018

Dogecoin's value skyrocketed with the rest of the cryptoverse during the bubble that peaked at the end of 2017, and it fell with the rest of the cryptoverse over 2018. At its height, Dogecoin was trading for $0.018 and had a market cap of over $2 billion.

 

In the summer of 2019, Dogecoin saw another bump in value along with the rest of the crypto market. Dogecoin enthusiasts were happy when the crypto exchange Binance listed the coin, and many thought Tesla CEO Elon Musk had endorsed the coin in a cryptic tweet.

 

Dogecoin in the 2020s

Dogecoin's infrastructure has not been a central source of concern for the coin's developers, however, who are still volunteers. One reason it still continues to operate and trade, however, is its active community of miners. As Zachary Mashiach of CryptoIQ puts it:

 

Numerous Scrypt miners still prefer Dogecoin (DOGE) over other Scrypt PoW cryptocurrencies. Indeed, the Dogecoin (DOGE) hash rate is roughly 150 TH/s. This is just below the Litecoin (LTC) hash rate of 170 TH/s, likely because Dogecoin (DOGE) can be merge mined with Litecoin (LTC), meaning miners can mine both cryptos simultaneously using the same work. Essentially, practically everyone who mines Litecoin (LTC) chooses to mine Dogecoin (DOGE) as well, because merge mining Dogecoin (DOGE) increases profits.

 

As of Dec. 21, 2020, Dogecoin's market cap ranking was 43, with a market capitalization of $611 million.

 

 

Ethereum, Bitcoin, and Dogecoin Lecture (Thanks, Jack, Madeline, and Thomas)

 

PPT

 

 

 

 

 

Homework of chapter 2 (due with first mid term)

    1. Do you agree with the following view? Why or why not? 

What happens when Fed balance sheet is too big? Answer:  Here's why investors worry about the Fed's balance sheet: If it unwinds too quickly and overly constrains the money supply, higher borrowing costs could grind the economy into a recession. However, if there's too much money sloshing around it could lead to higher inflation.

(https://www.northwesternmutual.com/life-and-money/why-investors-care-about-the-feds-balance-sheet/)

 

2.  Write down the definition of M0, M1, M2 and M3; Which one is used as a measure of money supply in this country? How much is it by the end of July 2020?

3.      From Fed St. Louis website, find the most recent charts of M1 money stock and M2 money stock.

http://research.stlouisfed.org/fred2/categories/24

Compare the two charts and discuss the differences between the two charts. 

4.What is fractional banking system?

 Imagine that you deposited $5,000 in Bank A. Reserve ratio is 0.1.  Imagine that the fractional banking system is fully functioning. After five cycles, what is the amount that has been deposited and what is the total amount that has been lent out? Template here FYI

5.  What is bitcoin? In your view, could bitcoin become a major global currency? Could governments ban or destroy bitcoin?

6. What is Ethereum? What is Dogecoin?

7. Among the three crypto currencies (Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Dogecoin), which one do you recommend? For shrot term? For long term? 

      8.  Could crypto currency put banks out of business? What is your opinion?

 

 

 

 

 

(continuing from above)

Planted in industrial Bushwick, a stone’s throw from the pizza mecca Roberta’s, “headquarters” seemed an unlikely word. The front door was festooned with graffiti and stickers; inside, the stairwells of the space appeared to have been last renovated during the Coolidge administration. Just about three years old, the ConsenSys network now includes more than 550 employees in 28 countries, and the operation has never raised a d0ime of venture capital. As an organization, ConsenSys does not quite fit any of the usual categories: It is technically a corporation, but it has elements that also resemble nonprofits and workers’ collectives. The shared goal of ConsenSys members is strengthening and expanding the Ethereum blockchain. They support developers creating new apps and tools for the platform, one of which is MetaMask, the software that generated my Ethereum address. But they also offer consulting-style services for companies, nonprofits or governments looking for ways to integrate Ethereum’s smart contracts into their own systems.

The true test of the blockchain will revolve — like so many of the online crises of the past few years — around the problem of identity. Today your digital identity is scattered across dozens, or even hundreds, of different sites: Amazon has your credit-card information and your purchase history; Facebook knows your friends and family; Equifax maintains your credit history. When you use any of those services, you are effectively asking for permission to borrow some of that information about yourself in order perform a task: ordering a Christmas present for your uncle, checking Instagram to see pictures from the office party last night. But all these different fragments of your identity don’t belong to you; they belong to Facebook and Amazon and Google, who are free to sell bits of that information about you to advertisers without consulting you. You, of course, are free to delete those accounts if you choose, and if you stop checking Facebook, Zuckerberg and the Facebook shareholders will stop making money by renting out your attention to their true customers. But your Facebook or Google identity isn’t portable. If you want to join another promising social network that is maybe a little less infected with Russian bots, you can’t extract your social network from Twitter and deposit it in the new service. You have to build the network again from scratch (and persuade all your friends to do the same).

The blockchain evangelists think this entire approach is backward. You should own your digital identity — which could include everything from your date of birth to your friend networks to your purchasing history — and you should be free to lend parts of that identity out to services as you see fit. Given that identity was not baked into the original internet protocols, and given the difficulty of managing a distributed database in the days before Bitcoin, this form of “self-sovereign” identity — as the parlance has it — was a practical impossibility. Now it is an attainable goal. A number of blockchain-based services are trying to tackle this problem, including a new identity system called uPort that has been spun out of ConsenSys and another one called Blockstack that is currently based on the Bitcoin platform. (Tim Berners-Lee is leading the development of a comparable system, called Solid, that would also give users control over their own data.) These rival protocols all have slightly different frameworks, but they all share a general vision of how identity should work on a truly decentralized internet.

What would prevent a new blockchain-based identity standard from following Tim Wu’s Cycle, the same one that brought Facebook to such a dominant position? Perhaps nothing. But imagine how that sequence would play out in practice. Someone creates a new protocol to define your social network via Ethereum. It might be as simple as a list of other Ethereum addresses; in other words, Here are the public addresses of people I like and trust. That way of defining your social network might well take off and ultimately supplant the closed systems that define your network on Facebook. Perhaps someday, every single person on the planet might use that standard to map their social connections, just as every single person on the internet uses TCP/IP to share data. But even if this new form of identity became ubiquitous, it wouldn’t present the same opportunities for abuse and manipulation that you find in the closed systems that have become de facto standards. I might allow a Facebook-style service to use my social map to filter news or gossip or music for me, based on the activity of my friends, but if that service annoyed me, I’d be free to sample other alternatives without the switching costs. An open identity standard would give ordinary people the opportunity to sell their attention to the highest bidder, or choose to keep it out of the marketplace altogether.

Gutterman suggests that the same kind of system could be applied to even more critical forms of identity, like health care data. Instead of storing, say, your genome on servers belonging to a private corporation, the information would instead be stored inside a personal data archive. “There may be many corporate entities that I don’t want seeing that data, but maybe I’d like to donate that data to a medical study,” she says. “I could use my blockchain-based self-sovereign ID to [allow] one group to use it and not another. Or I could sell it over here and give it away over there.”

The token architecture would give a blockchain-based identity standard an additional edge over closed standards like Facebook’s. As many critics have observed, ordinary users on social-media platforms create almost all the content without compensation, while the companies capture all the economic value from that content through advertising sales. A token-based social network would at least give early adopters a piece of the action, rewarding them for their labors in making the new platform appealing. “If someone can really figure out a version of Facebook that lets users own a piece of the network and get paid,” Dixon says, “that could be pretty compelling.”

Would that information be more secure in a distributed blockchain than behind the elaborate firewalls of giant corporations like Google or Facebook? In this one respect, the Bitcoin story is actually instructive: It may never be stable enough to function as a currency, but it does offer convincing proof of just how secure a distributed ledger can be. “Look at the market cap of Bitcoin or Ethereum: $80 billion, $25 billion, whatever,” Dixon says. “That means if you successfully attack that system, you could walk away with more than a billion dollars. You know what a ‘bug bounty’ is? Someone says, ‘If you hack my system, I’ll give you a million dollars.’ So Bitcoin is now a nine-year-old multibillion-dollar bug bounty, and no one’s hacked it. It feels like pretty good proof.”

Additional security would come from the decentralized nature of these new identity protocols. In the identity system proposed by Blockstack, the actual information about your identity — your social connections, your purchasing history — could be stored anywhere online. The blockchain would simply provide cryptographically secure keys to unlock that information and share it with other trusted providers. A system with a centralized repository with data for hundreds of millions of users — what security experts call “honey pots” — is far more appealing to hackers. Which would you rather do: steal a hundred million credit histories by hacking into a hundred million separate personal computers and sniffing around until you found the right data on each machine? Or just hack into one honey pot at Equifax and walk away with the same amount of data in a matter of hours? As Gutterman puts it, “It’s the difference between robbing a house versus robbing the entire village.”

So much of the blockchain’s architecture is shaped by predictions about how that architecture might be abused once it finds a wider audience. That is part of its charm and its power. The blockchain channels the energy of speculative bubbles by allowing tokens to be shared widely among true supporters of the platform. It safeguards against any individual or small group gaining control of the entire database. Its cryptography is designed to protect against surveillance states or identity thieves. In this, the blockchain displays a familial resemblance to political constitutions: Its rules are designed with one eye on how those rules might be exploited down the line.

Much has been made of the anarcho-libertarian streak in Bitcoin and other nonfiat currencies; the community is rife with words and phrases (“self-sovereign”) that sound as if they could be slogans for some militia compound in Montana. And yet in its potential to break up large concentrations of power and explore less-proprietary models of ownership, the blockchain idea offers a tantalizing possibility for those who would like to distribute wealth more equitably and break up the cartels of the digital age.

The blockchain worldview can also sound libertarian in the sense that it proposes nonstate solutions to capitalist excesses like information monopolies. But to believe in the blockchain is not necessarily to oppose regulation, if that regulation is designed with complementary aims. Brad Burnham, for instance, suggests that regulators should insist that everyone have “a right to a private data store,” where all the various facets of their online identity would be maintained. But governments wouldn’t be required to design those identity protocols. They would be developed on the blockchain, open source. Ideologically speaking, that private data store would be a true team effort: built as an intellectual commons, funded by token speculators, supported by the regulatory state.

Like the original internet itself, the blockchain is an idea with radical — almost communitarian — possibilities that at the same time has attracted some of the most frivolous and regressive appetites of capitalism. We spent our first years online in a world defined by open protocols and intellectual commons; we spent the second phase in a world increasingly dominated by closed architectures and proprietary databases. We have learned enough from this history to support the hypothesis that open works better than closed, at least where base-layer issues are concerned. But we don’t have an easy route back to the open-protocol era. Some messianic next-generation internet protocol is not likely to emerge out of Department of Defense research, the way the first-generation internet did nearly 50 years ago.

Yes, the blockchain may seem like the very worst of speculative capitalism right now, and yes, it is demonically challenging to understand. But the beautiful thing about open protocols is that they can be steered in surprising new directions by the people who discover and champion them in their infancy. Right now, the only real hope for a revival of the open-protocol ethos lies in the blockchain. Whether it eventually lives up to its egalitarian promise will in large part depend on the people who embrace the platform, who take up the baton, as Juan Benet puts it, from those early online pioneers. If you think the internet is not working in its current incarnation, you can’t change the system through think-pieces and F.C.C. regulations alone

 

 

 

Supplemental reading material

 

Can Bitcoin Kill Central Banks? (optional)

https://www.investopedia.com/articles/investing/050715/can-bitcoin-kill-central-banks.asp

 

By JAMES MCWHINNEY  Updated Mar 11, 2021

 

What Is Bitcoin?

Bitcoin is a digital currency that, in the words of its sponsors, uses peer-to-peer technology to operate with no central authority or banks.By its very definition Bitcoin seems well-positioned to kill off central banks. Could it? Would it? Should it? Like just about everything else involving finance, the topic of central banks and their potential replacements is complex with valid arguments for and against.

 

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • As a digital currency that uses peer-to-peer technology, Bitcoin may be poised to eliminate central banks.
  • Proponents of central banks say they are vital to the economy to maintain employment, stabilize prices, and help keep the financial system going in times of crisis.
  • Central banks use interest rates and alter a nation's money supply to react to economic changes.
  • Critics of central banks suggest that they have a negative impact on consumers, businesses, and the economy.
  • Some believe that central bank policies can deter consumers from borrowing and may create asset bubbles.
  • Arguments for Central Banks
  • The digital era may be taking aim at central banks, but it has not yet managed to kill off the trusty Encyclopedia Britannica, so we turn to the venerable reference to learn that central banking can be traced back to Barcelona, Spain, in 1401. The first central bank, and those that followed in its wake, often helped nations fund wars and other government-supported initiatives.

 

 

The History of Central Banks

The English refined the concept of central banking in 1844 with the Bank Charter Act, a legislative effort that laid the groundwork for an institution that had monopoly power to issue currency. The idea was that a bank with that level of power could help stabilize the financial system in times of crisis. Its a concept that many experts agree helped stave off disaster during the 2007-2008 financial crisis and the Great Recession that followed.

 

Central banks have evolved over time. The U.S. Federal Reserve, for example, is tasked with using monetary policy as a tool to do the following:

 

  • Maintain full employment and stable prices
  • Ensure the safety and soundness of the nation's banking and financial system and enable consumers to access credit
  • Stabilize the financial system in times of crisis
  • Help to oversee the nations payment systems

 

What Central Banks Do

To achieve these objectives, the Federal Reserve and other central banks can increase or decrease interest rates and create or destroy money. For example, if the economy seems to be growing too quickly and causing prices for goods and services to rise so rapidly that they become unaffordable, a central bank can increase interest rates to make it more expensive for borrowers to access money.

 

A central bank can also remove money from the economy by reducing the amount of money the central bank makes available to other banks for borrowing purposes. Since money largely exists on electronic balance sheets, simply hitting delete can make it disappear. Doing so reduces the amount of money available to purchase goods, theoretically causing prices to fall.

 

Of course, every action has a reaction. While reducing the amount of money in circulation may cause prices to fall, it also makes it more difficult for businesses to borrow money. In turn, these businesses may become cautious, unwilling to invest, and unwilling to hire new workers.

 

If an economy is not growing quickly enough, central banks can reduce interest rates or create money. Reducing interest rates make it less expensive, and therefore easier and more appealing, for business and consumers to borrow money. Similarly, central banks can increase the amount of money that banks have available to lend.

 

Central banks can also engage in additional efforts to manipulate economies. These efforts can include the purchase of securities (bonds) on the open market in an effort to generate demand for them. Increased demand leads to lower interest rates, as borrowers do not need to offer a higher rate because the central bank offers a ready and willing buyer.

 

Central Bank Policy Risks

Central bank-led efforts to steer economies on to the path to prosperity are fraught with peril. If interest rates are too low, inflation can become a problem. As prices rise and consumers can no longer afford to buy the items they wish to purchase, the economy can slow. If rates are too high, borrowing is stifled and the economy is hobbled.

 

Low-interest rates (relative to other nations) cause investors to pull money out of one country and send it to another country that offers a greater return in the form of higher interest rates. Consider the plight of retirees who rely on high-interest rates to generate income. If rates are low, these people suffer a direct hit to their purchasing power and ability to pay their bills. Sending cash to a country that offers better returns is a logical decision.

 

Manipulation of interest rates and/or the money supply also has a direct effect on the value of a nations currency. A strong dollar makes it more expensive for domestic firms to sell goods abroad. This can lead to domestic unemployment. A weak dollar increases the price of imported goods, including oil and other commodities.

 

This can make it more expensive for consumers to purchase imports and for domestic companies to produce goods that rely on imported parts or materials. Arguably, a weak dollar is beneficial for a slow economy that needs to pick up steam while a strong dollar is good for consumers.

 

Because there is a lag between the time a central bank begins to implement a policy change and that change actually having an impact on a nations economy, central banks are always looking to the future. They want to make policy changes today that will enable them to achieve future goals.

 

Arguments Against Central Banks

The very complexities associated with national and global economies set the stage for an argument that these economies are too unpredictable to be successfully managed by the type of manipulation central banks engage in. This argument, made by proponents of the Austrian School of Economics, can be used to support the implementation of Bitcoin-style peer-to-peer currency that eliminates central banks and their complex schemes.

 

Negative Impact on Citizens and the Economy

Modern central banks have been the subject of controversy since their inception. And the reasons for discontent are wide and varied. On one hand, the concept of monopoly power is profoundly disturbing to many people. On another, the existence of an independent, opaque entity that has the power to manipulate an economy is even more disturbing.

 

Many people (including economists and politicians) believe that central banks make mistakes that have enormous ramifications in the lives of citizens. These mistakes include:

 

Increases in the monetary supply (creating inflation and hurting consumers by raising prices for the goods and services they purchase)

The implementation of interest rate increases (hurting consumers who wish to borrow money)

The formulation of policies that keep inflation too low (resulting in unemployment)

The implementation of unnaturally low-interest rates (creating asset bubbles in real estate, stocks, or bonds)

Along these lines, no less an authority than former Chair of the Federal Reserve Ben Bernanke blames manipulation by the central bank (which raised interest rates) for the Great Depression of 1929.

 

The Impact of Technology

In an era when technology has enabled consumers to engage in commerce without the need for a central authority, an argument can be made that central banks are no longer necessary. A broader examination of the banking system extends this argument.

 

Corruption associated with the banking system resulted in the Great Recession and a host of scandals. Bankers have caused great angst in Greece and other nations. Organizations such as the International Monetary Fund have been cited for fostering profits over people. And at the more local level, bankers make billions of dollars by serving as the middlemen in transactions between individuals. In this environment, the elimination of the entire banking system is an appealing concept to many people.

 

The Bottom Line

Central banks are currently the dominant structure nations use to manage their economies. They have monopoly power and are not going to give up that power without a fight. While Bitcoin and other digital currencies have generated significant interest, their adoption rates are minuscule and government support for them is virtually nonexistent.

 

Until and unless governments recognize Bitcoin as a legitimate currency, it has little hope of killing off central banks any time soon. That noted, central banks across the globe are watching and studying Bitcoin. Based on the fact that metal coins are expensive to manufacture (often costing more than their face value), it is more likely than not that central banks will one day issue digital currencies of their win.

 

 

 

Bank of America, JPMorgan Call Cryptocurrencies a Threat (optional)

https://www.investopedia.com/news/bank-america-calls-cryptocurrencies-risk-its-business/

 

 

By DAVID FLOYD  Updated Jun 25, 2019

In its annual 10-K filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), released Feb. 22, Bank of America Corp. (BAC) listed cryptocurrencies among the risk factors that could impact the bank's competitiveness and reduce its revenues and profits. The disclosure was followed on Feb. 27 by a similar message from JPMorgan Chase & Co. (JPM), whose CEO, Jamie Dimon, has previously called bitcoin a "fraud."

 

The idea that bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies pose a threat to incumbent financial institutions is as old as Satoshi Nakamoto's whitepaper, the abstract of which begins, "A purely peer-to-peer version of electronic cash would allow online payments to be sent directly from one party to another without going through a financial institution." But the idea that this threat was real – much less imminent or existential – was long limited to enthusiasts’ forums, dedicated subreddits and certain corners of Twitter.

 

To be sure, Bank of America's brief mentions of cryptocurrencies as risk factors – first spotted by the Financial Times – hardly signal panic. The bank describes three ways in which cryptocurrencies could pose a threat. The first two implicitly denigrate the new assets. "Emerging technologies, such as cryptocurrencies, could limit our ability to track the movement of funds," the filing says, making it harder for Bank of America to comply with know-your-customer and anti-money-laundering regulations.

 

"Further," the bank writes, "clients may choose to conduct business with other market participants who engage in business or offer products in areas we deem speculative or risky, such as cryptocurrencies."

 

The third risk factor, however, does not derive from cryptocurrencies’ legal complications or flighty customers' susceptibility to bubbles. It derives from bitcoin's ability to bypass intermediaries:

 

"Additionally, the competitive landscape may be impacted by the growth of non-depository institutions that offer products that were traditionally banking products as well as new innovative products. This can reduce our net interest margin and revenues from our fee-based products and services. In addition, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including internet services, cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we grow and develop our internet banking and mobile banking channel strategies in addition to remote connectivity solutions."

 

If that disclosure is a bit mealy-mouthed, JPMorgan's is to-the-point, almost echoing Nakamoto's language:

 

"both financial institutions and their non-banking competitors face the risk that payment processing and other services could be disrupted by technologies, such as cryptocurrencies, that require no intermediation. New technologies have required and could require JPMorgan Chase to spend more to modify or adapt its products to attract and retain clients and customers or to match products and services offered by its competitors, including technology companies."

 

A Real Threat?

While decentralized financial networks could threaten banks' long-term viability, the immediate threat posed by bitcoin and its peers is negligible.

 

Bitcoin in particular has several widely acknowledged flaws, which its detractors see as crippling. It can process only a handful of transactions per second, compared to the tens of thousands major credit card networks can handle. As Bank of America mentioned, its quasi-anonymity makes its use dicey if not illegal for certain applications, particularly by heavily regulated institutions. Its price in fiat terms is so volatile that accepting a salary or taking out a mortgage in bitcoin would be extremely risky. Finally, its occasionally high and generally unpredictable fees make it all but worthless for small transactions. Other cryptocurrencies have made attempts to solve one or more of these problems, with limited success.

 

At the same time, bitcoin and its peers enable something that has never before been possible in human history: transacting at a distance without placing trust in an intermediary. Banks' business models depend on their role as trusted nodes in a centralized financial system. Replacing them with a decentralized network remains firmly in the realm of theory. But it is, as Bank of America and JPMorgan appear to acknowledge, theoretically possible. (See also, Blockchain Could Make You—Not Equifax—the Owner of Your Data.)

 

Blockchain Not Bitcoin

While this is the first time big banks' 10-Ks have hinted at the fundamental threat posed by peer-to-peer money, the sector has engaged in a multi-year dialogue with proponents of cryptocurrencies. Mostly it has been acrimonious.

 

Charlie Munger, vice-chair of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. (BRK-A, BRK-B) called bitcoin "noxious poison" earlier in February. Berkshire's biggest stock holding is Wells Fargo & Co. (WFC), which opened perhaps 3.5 million fake accounts in customers' names without their permission from 2009 to 2016. Munger said regulators should "let up" on the lender following this scandal, which bitcoin's proponents might argue illustrates the "inherent weakness of the trust based model" – Nakamoto's words. (See also, Wells Fargo CEO John Stumpf to Retire Immediately.)

 

Dimon, JPMorgan's CEO, has called bitcoin a fraud, but has expressed enthusiasm for the underlying blockchain technology. This blockchain-not-bitcoin line has been echoed by a number of other financial incumbents, and it's hinted at in the 10-K's suggestion that JPMorgan could have to "modify or adapt its products." The bank is already building a blockchain platform called Quorum.

 

In fact almost every major lender has joined one blockchain consortium or another, and central bankers – most recently the Bank of England's Mark Carney – have expressed enthusiasm for blockchain that does not extend to bitcoin.

 

When Is a Blockchain Not a Blockchain?

Critics of this blockchain-not-bitcoin posture see it as a way of deflecting attention from bitcoin's core innovation. Bitcoin and other blockchain-based assets offer distributed networks in which value can be transferred without trusting any single party, such as a bank. According to this logic, banks cannot innovate their way out of trouble by building their own decentralized networks: banks are necessarily absent from any such network.

 

Another critique is that blockchain technology – at least the most reliably secure form, known as proof of work – is highly inefficient (and carries potentially severe environmental consequences). Centralized parties such as banks have little obvious reason to employ blockchains, which offer no advantage over traditional databases – unless the goal is decentralization – and promise to consume vastly more electricity in order to process transactions at slower speeds. Banks have countered that blockchain technology can speed up settlement times, particularly for complicated derivatives trades. (See also, How Does Bitcoin Mining Work?)

 

On the other hand, many proposed enterprise blockchains use alternative consensus models, which are more similar to proof of stake than proof of work. These models are potentially more energy efficient but, critics argue, have not demonstrated the same security as proof of work.

 

It may make some sense for large consortia of banks to employ blockchains, since they could allow all parties to transact among themselves without trusting each other. The issue is that, in order to be trustless, a blockchain-based network must be at least half honest. If even the slimmest majority of banks collude, the network can suffer a so-called 51% attack. Past manipulation of rates and markets for currencies and precious metals by groups of financial institutions indicate that is not an unreasonable concern.

 

In any case, though, it is not necessary for banks to explicitly conspire to compromise a network. Blockchains are intended to enable commerce among networks of nodes who do not know or trust each other at all. Even if a majority of participants shares an interest in common – which is not unlikely in a group of a couple dozen financial incumbents – the network is insecure enough. That is, the added inefficiencies of using blockchain technology may outweigh the benefits of decentralization.

 

"Some of these platforms are developed to be kind of replicas of the old system," MIT assistant professor of technological innovation, entrepreneurship and strategic management Christian Catalini told Investopedia in September, "where the trusted intermediary has almost the same control, or exactly the same control, it would have had in the old system. And then you're wondering, why are we switching to a less efficient IT infrastructure? Because it's trendy?"

 

That, or to mitigate a growing threat.

Chapter 3 Financial Instruments, Financial Markets, and Financial Institutions

 

Ppt

 

Part I: Examples and characteristics of financial instruments 

 

What Is a Financial Instrument?  Video

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/f/financialinstrument.asp

 

Financial instruments are assets that can be traded, or they can also be seen as packages of capital that may be traded. Most types of financial instruments provide efficient flow and transfer of capital all throughout the world's investors. These assets can be cash, a contractual right to deliver or receive cash or another type of financial instrument, or evidence of one's ownership of an entity.

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • A financial instrument is a real or virtual document representing a legal agreement involving any kind of monetary value.
  • Financial instruments may be divided into two types: cash instruments and derivative instruments.
  • Financial instruments may also be divided according to an asset class, which depends on whether they are debt-based or equity-based.
  • Foreign exchange instruments comprise a third, unique type of financial instrument.

 

Understanding Financial Instruments

Financial instruments can be real or virtual documents representing a legal agreement involving any kind of monetary value. Equity-based financial instruments represent ownership of an asset. Debt-based financial instruments represent a loan made by an investor to the owner of the asset.

 

Foreign exchange instruments comprise a third, unique type of financial instrument. Different subcategories of each instrument type exist, such as preferred share equity and common share equity.

 

International Accounting Standards (IAS) defines financial instruments as "any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity."

 

Types of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments may be divided into two types: cash instruments and derivative instruments.

 

Cash Instruments

The values of cash instruments are directly influenced and determined by the markets. These can be securities that are easily transferable.

Cash instruments may also be deposits and loans agreed upon by borrowers and lenders.

 

Derivative Instruments

The value and characteristics of derivative instruments are based on the vehicle’s underlying components, such as assets, interest rates, or indices.

An equity options contract, for example, is a derivative because it derives its value from the underlying stock. The option gives the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell the stock at a specified price and by a certain date. As the price of the stock rises and falls, so too does the value of the option although not necessarily by the same percentage.

There can be over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives or exchange-traded derivatives. OTC is a market or process whereby securities–that are not listed on formal exchanges–are priced and traded.

 

Types of Asset Classes of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments may also be divided according to an asset class, which depends on whether they are debt-based or equity-based.

 

Debt-Based Financial Instruments

Short-term debt-based financial instruments last for one year or less. Securities of this kind come in the form of T-bills and commercial paper. Cash of this kind can be deposits and certificates of deposit (CDs).

 

Exchange-traded derivatives under short-term, debt-based financial instruments can be short-term interest rate futures. OTC derivatives are forward rate agreements.

 

Long-term debt-based financial instruments last for more than a year. Under securities, these are bonds. Cash equivalents are loans. Exchange-traded derivatives are bond futures and options on bond futures. OTC derivatives are interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, interest rate options, and exotic derivatives.

 

Equity-Based Financial Instruments

Securities under equity-based financial instruments are stocks. Exchange-traded derivatives in this category include stock options and equity futures. The OTC derivatives are stock options and exotic derivatives.

 

 

Getting to Know the Money Market

 

By BARCLAY PALMER Updated June 08, 2021

https://www.investopedia.com/articles/04/071304.asp

 

The major attributes that draw an investor to short-term money market instruments are superior safety and liquidity. Money market instruments have maturities that range from one day to one year, although they are most often three months or less. Because these investments are associated with massive and actively traded secondary markets, you can almost always sell them prior to maturity, albeit at the price of forgoing the interest you would have gained by holding them until maturity.

 

Types of Money Market Instruments

A large number of financial instruments have been created for the purposes of short-term lending and borrowing. Many of these money market instruments are quite specialized, and they are typically traded only by those with intimate knowledge of the money market, such as banks and large financial institutions.

 

Some examples of these specialized instruments are federal funds, the discount window, negotiable certificates of deposit (NCDs), eurodollar time deposits, repurchase agreements, government-sponsored enterprise securities, shares in money market instruments, futures contracts, futures options, and swaps.

 

Aside from these specialized instruments on the money market are the investment vehicles with which individual investors will be more familiar, such as short-term investment pools (STIPs) and money market mutual funds, Treasury bills, short-term municipal securities, commercial paper, and bankers' acceptances. Here we take a closer look at STIPs, money market mutual funds, and Treasury bills.

 

Short-Term Investment Pools and Money Market Mutual Funds

Short-term investment pools (STIPs) include money market mutual funds, local government investment pools, and short-term investment funds of bank trust departments. All STIPs are sold as shares in very large pools of money market instruments, which may include any or all of the money market instruments mentioned above. In other words, STIPs are a convenient means of cumulating various money market products into one product, just as an equity or fixed income mutual fund brings together a variety of stocks, bonds, and so forth.

 

STIPs make specialized money market instruments accessible to individual investors without requiring intimate knowledge of the various instruments contained within the pool. STIPs also alleviate the large minimum investment amounts required to purchase most money market instruments, which generally equal or exceed $100,000.

Money market accounts are safe, low-risk investments. They're generally a good place to put your money, especially if you need immediate access to it while you collect interest. Institutions offer higher interest rates because they use the funds in money market accounts to invest in short-term assets with short-term maturities, as noted above.

How does the Money Market work? (video)

 

  

Part II: Order types (supplement materials)

Order types (market, limit, stop), video

Understanding order types by wall street survivor

 

 

For discussion:

1.     Why did the other seller reduce the asking price after she posted her selling order?

2.     Why did she hide her purchasing orders of 20,000 shares?

 

Understanding Stock Orders that you can try

1.       Market order:  A market order instructs your broker to buy or sell the stock immediately at the prevailing price, whatever that may be.

 

2.       Limit order:  Limit orders instruct your broker to buy or sell a stock at a particular price. The purchase or sale will not happen unless you get your price.

image014.jpg(www.investorpedia.com)

For example, our example portfolio purchased shares of Wal-Mart for $70.35 per share. Now we plan to sell our WMT shares after they realize a $10, or roughly 20%, increase. However, rather than constantly checking the market several times in a single day, with the intent of entering a market sell order once WMT reaches at least $80.35 per share, we can submit a simple limit sell order to do that for us.

 
Click on Sell for the Transaction type and enter 100 for the Quantity. For the order price, you need to select the button corresponding to Limit and then enter 80.35 as the limit price - this will ensure your order to sell WMT shares will not occur unless you can get at least $80.35 per share for your position of WMT shares. We keep the order's Term set at "Good Till Cancelled", which means the order will stay active and be processed once WMT shares reach or exceed your limit price. (*Note: We could have set Term to be "Day Order", which means the order would expire at the end of the current trading day if the order does not execute).

As you can see, the use of limit sell orders is very useful if you wish to sell a stock at a specific target price, but are unwilling or unable to regularly check intraday or daily closing prices of the stock. Also, an added advantage of using limit sell orders is that they remove the emotional component of making trading decisions. Too often, investors will be tempted to hold on to a winning stock even once it becomes overpriced. Submitting a limit sell order immediately after you buy the stock is a good time to avoid any emotional complications, allowing you to better maintain your strategy and realize superior long-term returns.

Similarly, limit buy orders are equally useful. You can enter a limit buy order with a certain limit price, which allows you to buy a set number of shares only if the stock's market price equal to, or lower than, the maximum limit price you entered. In our example portfolio we purchased WMT for $70.35/share with a market buy order. But perhaps we thought WMT was a bit overpriced at the time, so we could have used a limit buy order to purchase 100 shares only if WMT fell to $65.00/share or less. That way, we only buy at a price we believe is fair. If WMT does not fall to $65, the order will not be processed.

 

 

3.       Stop loss order:  A stop loss order gives your broker a price trigger that protects you from a big drop in a stock.

image015.jpg (www.investorpedia.com)

Essentially, a stop order is "dormant" until a stock's price falls to the specified "stop price". In other words, a stop order is an instruction to your brokerage to buy (or sell) a specified number of shares of a company when the prevailing market price is equal or higher than (or, in the case of a sell stop order, equal or lower than) the specified price that you submitted. In our example portfolio, we purchased shares of Google Inc (Nasdaq: GOOG) for $463.18 per share. Many investors use a sell stop order to limit their losses, meaning that they'll automatically sell if a stock goes down a certain percentage.

Entering a stop order is an efficient and cost-effective means of limiting losses by avoiding the agony of regularly checking your stock and deciding whether to hold or sell it. For instance, if a so-called growth stock has headed south, an investor may choose to hold, hoping the share price might rebound, but if it doesn't, losses can quickly mount.

 

2.     Short selling: 

video

For class discussion: Pro and cons of short selling?

image016.jpg(www.investorpedia.com)

As you can see, short selling follows the conventional investing principle of “buying low” and “selling high” but with one critical difference – the sequence of the buy and sell transactions. While the buy transaction precedes the sell transaction in conventional “long only” investing, in short selling, the sell transaction precedes the buy transaction.

When you short sell, you create a short position or a shortfall. A short position represents a binding obligation that must be closed or covered at some point. This “short covering” obligation gives rise to one of the biggest risks of short selling, as discussed later in this tutorial. 

Short selling is also known as "shorting," "selling short" or "going short." To be short a security or asset implies that one is bearish on it and expects the price to decline. Short selling has also spawned some of the most colorful terms in the investment lexicon.

Short selling can be used for speculation or hedging. Speculators use short selling to capitalize on a potential decline in a specific security or the broad market. Hedgers use the strategy to protect gains or mitigate losses in a security or portfolio. Note that institutional investors and savvy individuals frequently engage in short selling strategies simultaneously for both speculation and hedging. Hedge funds are among the most active short sellers, and often use short positions in select stocks or sectors to hedge their long positions in other stocks.

Short sellers are often portrayed as cynical, hardened individuals who are bent on making profits by driving the companies that are their “short” targets to failure and bankruptcy. The reality, however, is that short sellers facilitate smooth functioning of the markets by providing liquidity, and also act as a restraining influence on investors who may be prone to chase overhyped stocks, especially during periods of irrational exuberance. 

Short selling is viewed by many investors as an inordinately dangerous strategy, since the long-term trend of the equity market is generally upward and there is theoretically no upper limit to how high a stock can rise. But under the right circumstances, short selling can be a viable and profitable investment strategy for experienced traders and investors who have an adequate degree of risk tolerance and are familiar with the risks involved in shorting. 

 

Example:

Let's say XYZ's current ask price is 53. You place an order to buy at a limit price of 50. If the price of the security falls to 50, your order may be executed. If you had placed a limit order to buy at 53 or above, your order would have been "marketable" and executed right away.

 

In Class Exercise part I   

 

Multiple Choices

1.   A trading order that immediately purchases stock at the prevailing price is called a:

a.   stop-loss order

b.   limit order.

         c.   market order.

 (DEFINITION of 'Stop-Loss Order': An order placed with a broker to sell a security when it reaches a certain price. A stop-loss order is designed to limit an investor’s loss on a position in a security. Although most investors associate a stop-loss order only with a long position, it can also be used for a short position, in which case the security would be bought if it trades above a defined price. A stop-loss order takes the emotion out of trading decisions and can be especially handy when one is on vacation or cannot watch his/her position. Also known as a “stop order” or “stop-market order.”) video: http://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/stop-lossorder.asp )


2.   A trading order that immediately purchases stock or is completely cancelled is called a:

a.  stop-loss order.

           b.  fill-or-kill limit order.

c.  market order.

d.  open order.

(DEFINITION of 'Fill Or Kill - FOK': A type of time-in-force designation used in securities trading that instructs a brokerage to execute a transaction immediately and completely or not at all. This type of order is most likely to be used by active traders and is usually for a large quantity of stock. The order must be filled in its entirety or canceled (killed). The purpose of a fill or kill order is to ensure that a position is entered at a desired price.)

(Definition of ‘Open Order’: A type of order to buy or sell a security that remains in effect until it is either canceled by the customer, until it is executed or until it expires. Open orders commonly occur when investors place restrictions on their buy and sell transactions. A lack of liquidity in the market or for a particular security can also cause an order to remain open. )

 
3.     A  trading order that is canceled unless executed within a designated time period is called a

a.    stop-loss order.

b.    limit order.

c.    market order.

        d.    fill or kill order.

 

4.     Limit orders:

a.    specify a certain price at which a market order takes effect.

           b.    specify a particular price to be met or bettered.

c.    are executed at the best price available.

d.    are orders entered for a particular day.

 

5.     A market order is an instruction to:

        a)    immediately buy a security at the current bid price. ----- (wrong, because buy at the ask price, and sell at the bid price)

b)    buy if the market price at least reaches the specified price target.

c)    sell at or above a specified price target.

        d)    none of these.

 

 

 

Part III: IPO, SEO, Primary Market and Secondary Market

What is an IPO | by Wall Street Survivor (video)

What is an IPO? | CNBC Explains (video)

A lesson from Facebook -- avoid IPOs - MoneyWeek Investment Tutorials

 

For class discussion:

1. What is IPO? SEO? Who are the major participants?

2. Why do firms hire investment banks for IPO and SEO? Can they do the IPO and SEO by themselves?

2. What is the primary market? What is the secondary market? Who are the major participants in these markets?

3. Shall a company go public? What is your opinion?

 

IPO Calendar

This Week (http://www.marketwatch.com/tools/ipo-calendar)

 

 

 

 

IPO Review On Holdings ONON Stock Going Public September 15 2021 (optional)

 

 

 

 

In Class Exercise part II   

 

Multiple Choices

1.     The market for equities is predominantly a:

a.    primary market.

b.    market dominated by individual investors.

        c.    secondary market.

d.    market dominated by foreign investors.

 

2.     Primary markets:

a.    involve the organized trading of outstanding securities on exchanges.

b.    involve the organized trading of outstanding securities in the over-the-counter market.

c.    involve the organized trading of outstanding securities on exchanges and over-the-counter markets.

        d.    are where new issues (IPOs) are sold by corporations to raise new capital.

 

Part IV: NASDAQ vs. NYSE

 

Top 7 Differences Traders Should Know

 

What is the difference between NYSE and NASDAQ? (video)

NYSE vs NASDAQ - who has more "mega cap" listings? (video)

 

 

 

Dec 10, 2018 6:47 AM -05:00, Ben Lobel, Markets Writer

https://www.dailyfx.com/nas-100/NASDAQ-vs-NYSE.html

 

 

NASDAQ and the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) are the two largest stock exchanges in the world, providing a platform for trading securities. But while they share similarities in their considerable size and purpose, they are very different markets.

 

Understanding the differences between Nasdaq and NYSE can shed light on how stock market trading works.

NYSE and NASDAQ are the biggest stock exchanges in the world

 

WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN NASDAQ AND NYSE?

 

The main difference between Nasdaq and NYSE is their markets. Nasdaq is a dealer’s market, with participants trading through a dealer rather than directly with each other, while NYSE is an auction market, which enables individuals to transact between each other on an auction basis.

 

Other differences include the location of the transactions, how traffic is controlled, and the types of companies listed – all of which are explored in more depth in the sections below.

 

The formats that Nasdaq and NYSE take – dealer’s market and auction market respectively – represent a fundamental difference between the way they operate. An auction market, as run by NYSE, is a system based on buyers and sellers entering competitive bids at the same time. The price at which a stock is traded reflects the highest price that a buyer is willing to pay, and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept. Matching bids and offers are then paired together with the orders executed by the ‘specialist’ (see ‘Traffic Control’ below).

However, a dealer’s market, as run by Nasdaq, is a type of market where multiple dealers post prices at which they will buy or sell a specific stock. In a dealer’s market, a dealer is designated as a market maker – a member firm or market participant such as a brokerage company or bank – that actively buys and sells stocks on behalf of traders. Market makers can enable the process of matching up buyers and sellers to be a lot quicker, maintaining liquidity and ensuring an efficient trading process.

 

Location of Transactions

While both institutions are based in New York City, the location of transactions for trading on Nasdaq and on the NYSE are very different. NYSE retains a physical trading floor, although many of the transactions occur at its data center in Mawah, New Jersey.

However, as an electronic exchange, Nasdaq does not have a physical trading floor and operates through direct trading between investors and the market makers. While Nasdaq trading originally took place over a computer bulletin board system, now automated trading systems offer the benefit of daily trading volumes and full reports on trades.

 

Traffic Control

Traffic controllers, in essence, connect buyers and sellers, but their role differs between Nasdaq and NYSE. At each exchange, they are responsible for dealing with traffic problems and ensuring their markets run effectively. However, Nasdaq’s traffic controller, known as the ‘market maker’, actively buys and sells stocks on behalf of traders, while the NYSE’s traffic controller, known as the ‘specialist’, facilitates the market for buyers and sellers through setting opening prices for stocks, accepting limit orders, and moderating interest for particular stocks.

 

The two roles are, on paper, different in that Nasdaq’s market maker effectively creates a market, while NYSE’s specialist simply facilitates it. However, both roles have the same goal of enabling a smooth and orderly market for clients.

It is worth noting that approximately 40% of the volume traded on the Nasdaq is done through an electronic communications network (ECN), which is an automatic system for directly matching buyers and sellers. On the NYSE, only 7% of the volume is done via an ECN, but that could change with evolution towards a hybrid system of humans and machines.

 

Types of Companies Listed

When it comes to the listings on Nasdaq and NYSE, the NYSE trades stocks for around 2,800 companies, while Nasdaq has more than 3,300 listings.

The NASDAQ-100 features 100 of the largest publicly-traded businesses, based on market capitalization, but Nasdaq’s wider exchange features many small and micro-capitalization stocks also.

 

Listing Requirements

Listing requirements differ between Nasdaq and NYSE. Nasdaq listing requirements mean that companies must have at least 1,250,000 shares available for the public to trade, while companies listing on NYSE must have issued a minimum of 1,100,000 to at least 400 shareholders. Other differences include fees; for companies looking to list on the NYSE the entry fee goes up to $500,000, while for Nasdaq, the entry fee ranges from $50,000 to $75,000, with a yearly fee of around $27,000.

Additionally, there is a minimum share price of $4 for NYSE-listed companies and the market value of the company’s public shares must be at least $40 million. For a listing on Nasdaq, companies must have a minimum of three dealers for its stocks.

 

Perception of Stocks

The general perception of the stocks on Nasdaq and NYSE is that the more volatile trades are to be found on Nasdaq. This is because long-established, stable companies are more often found on the NYSE, with examples ranging from Coca Cola to Citigroup, IBM and Walmart. The Nasdaq, on the other hand, has more of a reputation for listing fast-growth tech businesses with potentially more scope for dramatic price movement. Stocks to be found on Nasdaq include Facebook, Apple, Google and Amazon.

 

Private vs Public

The ownership structure of each exchange used to be different to how it is today. Formerly, Nasdaq was listed as a publicly-traded corporation, while the NYSE was private. However, in March 2006, the NYSE went public, making its shares available to traders on an exchange. Traders can bet on Nasdaq and NYSE through the Nasdaq and NYSE platforms respectively.

 

HOW TRADERS CAN USE THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN NASDAQ AND NYSE TO THEIR ADVANTAGE

In summary, when choosing which stock markets to go for as a trader, you might consider the following:

  • Volatility: If you’re looking for stocks with the potential for rapid price movements, you may find more opportunities on Nasdaq. On the other hand, NYSE offers shares that are generally more established and stable.
  • Nature of trading: If you want to trade through floor brokers, you will have that option with NYSE, while Nasdaq offers electronic trading. Products offered by both can be traded via third-parties, ECNs, and derivatives.

 

Indices

·       NASDAQ indices include the NASDAQ Composite, NASDAQ-100, and NASDAQ Biotechnology.

·       Indices on the NYSE include the Dow Jones Industrial Average and NYSE Composite.

·       Other indices, like the S&P 500 and Russell 1000, include stocks listed on both exchanges.

 

 

 

https://www.diffen.com/difference/NASDAQ_vs_NYSE

 

 

Experience Wall Street Stock Trading In The 1980s (optional)

 

 

 

Homework ( DUE with first midterm exam)

1)     What are the differences between market order and limit order?

2)     What is short selling stock? How to short sell a stock?

3)     Check three stocks listed above in the IPO table.

·      Follow these stocks and report their performances one month after the IPO.

·      Summarize your findings.   

4)     What are the major differences between NYSE and NASDAQ?

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robinhood will give retail investors access to IPO shares (optional)

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/05/20/robinhood-will-give-retail-investors-access-to-ipo-shares-a-longstanding-wall-street-dominion.html

 

PUBLISHED THU, MAY 20 2021 11:44 AM EDTUPDATED THU, MAY 20 20211:34 PM EDT Maggie Fitzgerald

 

Robinhood said it is giving retail investors access to IPO shares. Retail traders typically don’t have a vehicle to buy into newly listed companies until those shares begin trading on an exchange. Robinhood will not be an underwriter for companies hitting the public markets but the stock trading company will get an allocation of shares by partnering with investment banks.

 

It is unclear if Robinhood clients will be able to invest in Robinhood’s pending market debut.

 

IPO shares have historically been set aside for Wall Street’s institutional investors or high-net worth individuals. Retail traders typically don’t have a vehicle to buy into newly listed companies until those shares begin trading on an exchange, which is often after the share price has surged. “We’re starting to roll out IPO Access, a new product that will give you the opportunity to buy shares of companies at their IPO price, before trading on public exchanges. With IPO Access, you can now participate in upcoming IPOs with no account minimums,” Robinhood said in a blog post Thursday.

 

Robinhood will not be an underwriter for companies hitting the public markets but will get an allocation of shares by partnering with investment banks. This move is Robinhood’s latest to antagonize Wall Street. IPO stock pops on the first day averaged 36% in 2020, according to Dealogic, demonstrating individual investor thirst for some of these popular names that is not priced into IPO pricing. These are gains the little guy is missing out on.

 

The traditional IPO process has been criticized in recent years as being broken, with investment banks allotting the shares to big clients who reap the instant first-day gains. Going public by way of direct listing has combated some of these criticisms.

 

Using IPO Access, Robinhood clients will be able to request to buy shares at their initial listing price range. When the final price is set, clients will be able to go through with the purchase, change or cancel.

 

 “We currently anticipate that up to 1.0% of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will, at our request, be offered to retail investors through Robinhood Financial, LLC, as a selling group member, via its online brokerage platform,” Figs said in its S1 filing document.

 

“This is the first initial public offering to be included on the Robinhood platform and there may be risks associated with the use of the Robinhood platform that we cannot foresee, including risks related to the technology and operation of the platform, and the publicity and the use of social media by users of the platform that we cannot control,” the company added.

 

The IPO date isn’t set, but companies typically go public one to months after their S1 prospectus is filed with the SEC.

 

It is unclear if Robinhood clients will be able to invest in Robinhood’s pending IPO. The stock trading app is expected to go public in the first half of 2021 and has filed confidentially with the SEC.

 

IPO Access will be rolled out to all clients over the next few weeks.

 

Robinhood’s IPO product comes on the heels of record levels of new, younger traders entering the stock market during the pandemic. That surge has continued into 2021, marked by frenzied trading around so-called meme stocks like GameStop.

 

Online finance start-up SoFi made a move similar to Robinhood’s in March; however, Sofi will be an underwriter for its offered IPOs.

 

https://robinhood.com/us/en/support/articles/ipo-access/  

 

 

For discussion:

·       What advantage to buy pre-IPO shares?

·       What risks are associated with it?

 

 

 

Ex-NYSE President Tom Farley’s SPAC to merge with Bullish to bring planned crypto exchange public (optional)

PUBLISHED FRI, JUL 9 20218:31 AM EDTUPDATED FRI, JUL 9 202111:27 AM EDT

Kevin Stankiewicz

 

KEY POINTS

Tom Farley’s Far Peak Acquisition Corp. announced a deal Friday to bring crypto start-up Bullish public.

 

Farley’s Far Peak Acquisition Corp. SPAC was up more than 2% in late-morning trading on the news.

 

Backed by venture capitalist Peter Thiel, Bullish plans to launch a cryptocurrency exchange later this year. Farley, formerly the New York Stock Exchange president, will serve as CEO of Bullish when the deal closes. Crypto start-up Bullish plans to go public in a reverse merger with a special purpose acquisition company backed by Tom Farley, former president of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Farley’s Far Peak Acquisition Corp. SPAC was up more than 2% in late-morning trading on the news.

The deal, announced Friday, is expected to close by the end of 2021 — and Farley, who oversaw the NYSE from 2014 to 2018, will become CEO of Bullish when that happens.

“This is a big idea whose time has come,” Farley said in an interview on CNBC’s “Squawk Box,” shortly after the deal was announced.

Digital assets are here to stay. The smartest engineering talent is going into digital assets; digital assets are solving very important problems. Anybody who tells you they know exactly how it’s going to turn out is lying or delusional, but in general, you’re going to see more and more interesting use cases, more and more dollars go into the space,” he added.

Farley’s plan to lead the cryptocurrency exchange is noteworthy given his experience with financial regulators from his time at the NYSE. The prospect of additional regulation in the U.S. is being watched closely by the crypto industry.

Bullish expects to receive around $600 million in proceeds from Far Peak, plus another $300 million through a PIPE, or private investment in public equity. A host of big-name investors are participating in the PIPE, including BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, and Mike Novogratz’s crypto-focused financial services firm Galaxy Digital.

 

The merger between Far Peak and Bullish implies a pro forma equity value of roughly $9 billion, according to a press release.

Bullish intends to launch “a revolutionary, regulated cryptocurrency exchange” later this year, with a private pilot program beginning in the coming weeks, the press release said. The exchange will offer “deep, predictable liquidity with technology that enables retail and institutional investors to generate yield from their digital assets,” the release said.

Bullish started in May as a subsidiary of Block.one, a blockchain company with backing from well-known investors including Peter Thiel, a PayPal co-founder and prominent venture capitalist.

Thiel’s firms, Thiel Capital and Founders Fund, participated in Bullish’s capital raise in May. Additional investors in Bullish include British hedge fund manager Alan Howard, Galaxy Digital and Richard Li, a billionaire businessman from Hong Kong.

 

The institutional adoption of bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies has been a big topic in the past year. Companies such as Tesla and Square have invested in bitcoin to hold on their balance sheet, and major Wall Street banks have taken steps to provide wealth management clients exposure to digital assets.

 

In April, the most popular U.S. crypto exchange, Coinbase, went public through a direct listing on the Nasdaq, a development that was heralded as a watershed for the nascent yet ascendant industry.

 

Coinbase’s public market debut coincided with bitcoin’s current all-time high near $65,000 per unit. However, the world’s largest cryptocurrency by market value has struggled since then due to a number of factors, including the Chinese government intensifying its crypto crackdown. Bitcoin traded below $33,000 on Friday morning. Last month, it plunged briefly below $29,000 where it started the year.

 

Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies such as ether run on decentralized digital ledgers known as blockchains. While the digital asset industry has its fierce critics, its supporters see potential to disrupt traditional finance with the use of so-called smart contracts and other blockchain-related innovations.

 

In a CNBC interview in April, Farley said he believes the crypto space is “the best kept secret in the world and maybe the history of the financial markets.”

In 2015, while Farley was still president, the NYSE made a minority investment in Coinbase.

 

Chapter 4: Future value, Present Value, and Interest Rate

 

 Ppt

 

image007.jpg

image008.jpg

Example1: A 5 year, 5% coupon bond, currently provides an annual return of 3%. Calculate the price of the bond.

Example 2: Your cousin is entering medical school next fall and asks you for financial help. He needs $65,000 each year for the first two years. After that, he is in residency for two years and will be able to pay you back $10,000 each year. Then he graduates and becomes a fully qualified doctor, and will be able to pay you $40,000 each year. He promises to pay you $40,000 for 5 years after he graduates. Are you taking a financial loss or gain by helping him out? Assume that the interest rate is 5% and that there is no risk.

 

 

Homework (just write down the PV equations – Due with the first mid term exam):  Solution FYI

1. The Thailand Co. is considering the purchase of some new equipment. The quote consists of a quarterly payment of $4,740 for 10 years at 6.5 percent interest. What is the purchase price of the equipment? ($138,617.88)

2. The condominium at the beach that you want to buy costs $249,500. You plan to make a cash down payment of 20 percent and finance the balance over 10 years at 6.75 percent. What will be the amount of your monthly mortgage payment? ($2,291.89)

3. Today, you are purchasing a 15-year, 8 percent annuity at a cost of $70,000. The annuity will pay annual payments. What is the amount of each payment? ($8,178.07)

 

4. Shannon wants to have $10,000 in an investment account three years from now. The account will pay 0.4 percent interest per month. If Shannon saves money every month, starting one month from now, how much will she have to save each month? ($258.81)

5. Trevor's Tires is offering a set of 4 premium tires on sale for $450. The credit terms are 24 months at $20 per month. What is the interest rate on this offer? (6.27 percent)

 

Summary of math and excel equations

Math Equations 

FV = PV *(1+r)^n

PV = FV / ((1+r)^n)

N = ln(FV/PV) / ln(1+r)

Rate = (FV/PV)1/n -1

Annuity: N = ln(FV/C*r+1)/(ln(1+r))

Or N = ln(1/(1-(PV/C)*r)))/ (ln(1+r))

 

EAR = (1+APR/m)^m-1

APR = (1+EAR)^(1/m)*m

 

image005.jpg

 

 

 

 

NPV NFV calculator:

www.jufinance.com/nfv

 

First Mid Term Exam –  taken in classroom, close book, close notes, 9/23, in class

 

Study Guide

 

1.  What are the six parts of the financial markets

2.      What are the five core principals of finance

3.      Why do we need stock exchanges?

4.      What is high frequency trading? pros and cons? What is spoofing?

5.      What is flash crash? How does it make investors so worried? How can HFT trigger flash crash?

6.      What is M0? MB? M1? M2? M3?

7.      What could happen if we increase money supply?     What about decrease money supply? What is QE?

8.      Why M2 is >> M0? Why M2>>M1?

9.   “In a fractional reserve banking system, banks create money when they make loans. 

Bank reserves have a multiplier effect on the money supply.” This sentence is right or wrong? Please provide your rational

10.  Imagine that you deposited $1,000 in Bank A. Imagine that the fractional banking system is fully functioning. After five cycles, what is the amount that has been deposited and what is the total amount that has been lent out?

11.  What is bitcoin? What is Etherum? What is Dogecoin? In your view, could bitcoin become a major global currency?

12. Could cryptocurrency put banks out of business?

13.  As an investor, besides market order, what other types of orders can use choose from? Show definitions and examples.

14.  What is short sell? Do you think that short Apple stock is a good idea? Why or why not? What about short GameStop? Short Tesla?

15.  What is IPO? Why shall you buy stocks pre-IPO shares?

17.  Compare primary market vs. secondary market.

18.  Time value of money questions – show math equations only. No need of excel or calculator.

19. In your view, what might trigger the next financial crisis? Why?

20. Compare NYSE with NASDAQ.

 

 

 

 

Chapter 6 Bond Market

 

Chapter 6 PPT

 

1.      Cash flow of bonds

 

 

The above graph shows the cash flow of a five year 5% coupon bond.

 

Where can you find bond information?

http://finra-markets.morningstar.com/BondCenter/Default.jsp

 

 

For example: a 3 year bond 10% coupon rate, draw its cash flow.

Introduction to bond investing (video)

How Bonds Work (video)

 

2.      Risk of Bonds

Class discussion: Is bond market risky?

Bond risk (video)

Bond risk – credit risk (video)

Bond risk – interest rate risk (video)

Bond risk – how to reduce your risk (video)

 

3.      Choices of investment in bonds

 

FINRA – Bond market information

http://finra-markets.morningstar.com/BondCenter/Default.jsp

 

Treasury Bond Auction and Market information

http://www.treasurydirect.gov/

 

Treasury Bond

Corporate Bond

Municipal Bond (What are Municipal Bonds? | Fidelity (youtube))

International Bond

Bond Mutual Fund (Individual Bonds vs. Bond Funds: What’s the Difference? (video))

TIPs  (What are TIPS - Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (video))

 

 

Class discussion Topic I:

·      As a college student, which type of bonds shall you buy? Why?

·       Looking forward, inflation might be a threat to the economy. How can you hedge the inflation risk with bonds?

 

Class discussion Topics II

 

·      You can invest in junk bonds. Shall you? Or shall you not?

·      In a low interest rate economy, is it wise to invest in high yield bond?

 

What is a high yield bond (Video)

Definition: A high yield bond – also known as a junk bond – is a debt security issued by companies or private equity concerns, where the debt has lower than investment grade ratings. It is a major component – along with leveraged loans – of the leveraged finance market.(www.highyieldbond.com)

 

 

How to trade high-yield bond ETFs in this market environment (optional, video)

 

 

Everything You Need to Know About Junk Bonds (video)

Updated Aug 17, 2019

 

For many investors, the term "junk bond" evokes thoughts of investment scams and high-flying financiers of the 1980s, such as Ivan Boesky and Michael Milken, who were known as "junk-bond kings." But don't let the term fool you—if you own a bond fund, these worthless-sounding investments may have already found their way into your portfolio. Here's what you need to know about junk bonds.

Junk Bonds

From a technical viewpoint, a junk bond is exactly the same as a regular bond. Junk bonds are an IOU from a corporation or organization that states the amount it will pay you back (principal), the date it will pay you back (maturity date), and the interest (coupon) it will pay you on the borrowed money.

Junk bonds differ because of their issuers' credit quality. All bonds are characterized according to this credit quality and therefore fall into one of two bond categories:

Investment Grade – These bonds are issued by low- to medium-risk lenders. A bond rating on investment-grade debt usually ranges from AAA to BBB. Investment-grade bonds might not offer huge returns, but the risk of the borrower defaulting on interest payments is much smaller.

Junk Bonds – These are the bonds that pay high yield to bondholders because the borrowers don't have any other option. Their credit ratings are less than pristine, making it difficult for them to acquire capital at an inexpensive cost. Junk bonds are typically rated 'BB' or lower by Standard & Poor's and 'Ba' or lower by Moody’s.

Think of a bond rating as the report card for a company's credit rating. Blue-chip firms that provide a safer investment have a high rating, while risky companies have a low rating.

Although junk bonds pay high yields, they also carry a higher-than-average risk that the company will default on the bond. Historically, average yields on junk bonds have been 4% to 6% above those for comparable U.S. Treasuries.

Junk bonds can be broken down into two other categories:

  • Fallen Angels – This is a bond that was once investment grade but has since been reduced to junk-bond status because of the issuing company's poor credit quality.
  • Rising Stars – The opposite of a fallen angel, this is a bond with a rating that has been increased because of the issuing company's improving credit quality. A rising star may still be a junk bond, but it's on its way to being investment quality.

Who Buys Junk Bonds?

You need to know a few things before you run out and tell your broker to buy all the junk bonds he can find. The obvious caveat is that junk bonds are high risk. With this bond type, you risk the chance that you will never get your money back. Secondly, investing in junk bonds requires a high degree of analytical skills, particularly knowledge of specialized credit. Short and sweet, investing directly in junk is mainly for rich and motivated individuals. This market is overwhelmingly dominated by institutional investors.

This isn't to say that junk-bond investing is strictly for the wealthy. For many individual investors, using a high-yield bond fund makes a lot of sense. Not only do these funds allow you to take advantage of professionals who spend their entire day researching junk bonds, but these funds also lower your risk by diversifying your investments across different asset types. One important note: know how long you can commit your cash before you decide to buy a junk fund. Many junk bond funds do not allow investors to cash out for one to two years.

Also, there comes a point in time when the rewards of junk bonds don't justify the risks. Any individual investor can determine this by looking at the yield spread between junk bonds and U.S. Treasuries. As we already mentioned, the yield on junk is historically 4% to 6% above Treasuries. If you notice the yield spread shrinking below 4%, then it probably isn't the best time to invest in junk bonds. Another thing to look for is the default rate on junk bonds. An easy way to track this is by checking the Moody's website.

The final warning is that junk bonds are not much different than equities in that they follow boom and bust cycles. In the early 1990s, many bond funds earned upwards of 30% annual returns, but a flood of defaults can cause these funds to produce stunning negative returns.

The Bottom Line

Despite their name, junk bonds can be valuable investments for informed investors, but their potential high returns come with the potential for high risk.

 

image011.jpg 

 

 

International Bond

 

For discussion:

Should you invest in foreign bonds? 

 

China is snapping up Japanese government bonds, and it’s not just for the returns

PUBLISHED TUE, OCT 13 2020  8:58 PM EDT Weizhen Tan

https://www.cnbc.com/2020/10/14/why-china-is-buying-up-more-japanese-government-bonds.html

 

KEY POINTS

·       China bought 1.46 trillion yen ($13.8 billion) in medium to long-term Japanese government bonds on a net basis between April and July. That was 3.6 times more than the same period last year.

·       In the same period, the U.S. increased its purchases by only 30%, in comparison. Europe, meanwhile, sold off 3 trillion yen worth of JGBs.

·       Yields on such bonds are near zero, making them an unlikely option as an investment. But analysts told CNBC there are other reasons why China would want to buy those bonds.

 SINGAPORE — China’s recent purchase of Japanese government bonds surged to the highest level in more than three years – as the country more than tripled its holdings between April and July this year, compared to the previous year.

During those three months in 2020, China bought 1.46 trillion yen ($13.8 billion) of medium- to long-term JGBs on a net basis, according to Japanese media Nikkei, which cited data from Japan’s finance ministry and its central bank. That was 3.6 times more than the same period last year.

In comparison, the U.S. increased its purchases by only 30% in the same period, that data reportedly showed. Europe, meanwhile, sold off 3 trillion yen worth of JGBs, according to Nikkei.

Yields on JGBs are around zero, making them an unlikely option as an investment since the returns are comparatively low.

But analysts told CNBC there could be other reasons why China would want to buy those bonds.

“One of the odd things about the current environment is that JGBs are no longer an obviously unattractive fixed income security, depending on the currency you are funding the purchase in,” said Ross Hutchison, investment director of global fixed income at Aberdeen Standard Investments.

 For instance, China can actually earn more on the investment by buying 30-year JGBs in the Japanese yen and swapping their currency exposure back into U.S. dollars, said Hutchison. It can pick up an additional 0.56% by doing so, according to him. Longer term bonds typically have higher yields as investors need to take on higher risks for holding on to them for a longer period of time.

The practice of a currency swap is when two parties exchange an equivalent amount of money with each other in different currencies, in order to protect themselves from further exposure to exchange rate risk, for instance.

“Many reserve managers buy JGBs and then swap or hedge the currency back into dollars, earning an additional ‘basis’ premium,” said David Nowakowski, a senior strategist of multi-asset and macro at Aviva Investors.

It’s also possible that China may be trying to manage the appreciation of the yuan, as the Chinese currency spiked against the Japanese yen in June, Hutchison pointed out. Selling off the yuan to buy JGBs, which are denominated in yen, could help to curb some of that appreciation.

The yuan has also broadly spiked against the U.S. dollar this year, as the Chinese economy gathers momentum again after what may have been the worst of the coronavirus pandemic.

What is currency manipulation?

Another factor is that in comparison to its global counterparts, Japanese government bonds do not have the lowest yields, Nowakowski said.

Even with a zero yield — in fact JGB yields are slightly below 0% — Japan’s bond market is more attractive than many other countries’ bonds, with Sweden, Switzerland, and core Eurozone countries all having deeply negative yields,” he said.

Treasury yields globally this year have gone down as investors flocked to the safety of government bonds amid the worsening pandemic. As prices go up, yields fall as they move inversely to each other.

 

 

 

 

Home Work chapter 6 (due with the second mid term exam):

1. Draw cash flow graph of a bond with 5 years left to  maturity 5% coupon rate (hint: cash flows include coupon per year plus principal at maturity)

2. Find Wal-Mart bond in FINRA website. Pick one of the three bonds and answer the following questions. ( http://finra-markets.morningstar.com/BondCenter/Default.jsp, and search for Wal-Mart bond), what is the rating of War-Mart bond? Is it better than MSFT’s or are they the same? Explain why Wal-Mart bond is more risky than the Treasury bond with the same condition.

3. Compare municipal bond, TIPS, corporate bond and Treasury bond in terms of issuers, pro and cons (risk).  

4. As a bond investor, do you plan to invest in junk bond? Why or why not?

5. In The junk bond market is on fire this year as yields hit a record low, it states that “what kills a credit rally is the Fed tightening. More hawkish than expected rhetoric from the Fed can kill a credit rally as well”. Why is that?

6. Do you think that Japanese government bond is a good option for diversification? Why or why not?

The junk bond market is on fire this year as yields hit a record low

PUBLISHED WED, JUL 14 2021   10:38 AM EDTUPDATED THU, JUL 15 20214:58 PM EDT

Jeff Cox

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/07/14/the-junk-bond-market-is-on-fire-this-year-as-yields-hit-a-record-low.html

 

 

KEY POINTS

·       Junk bonds have seen a record low in yields as strong balance sheets and a changing economy have boosted the market.

·       Fixed income traders see the move in the market backed by strong fundamentals and a quest for yield of any type.

·       Issuance in the low-grade category is on pace to smash previous records.

 

Junk bonds aren’t so junky anymore, with a strong fundamental backdrop helping to underpin what traditionally has been one of the riskiest sections of the financial markets.

 

Yields in the $10.6 trillion space for the lowest-grade bonds in terms of quality are around historic lows after a tumultuous year that saw corporate America face down the Covid-19 pandemic and come out on the other side with balance sheets looking extraordinarily strong.

 

Bond yields decline as prices rise; the two have an inverse relationship to each other.

 

Most recently, the junk bond sector collectively was yielding 3.97%, according to the ICE Bank of America High-Yield index. That’s up from a record low of 3.89% on Monday.

 

In March 2020, during the worst of the pandemic volatility, the yield was at 9.2%. This is the first time in history that the collective yield for junk has been below the rate of inflation as measured by the consumer price index, which rose 5.4% in June year over year.

At the same time, spreads, or the difference between high-yield and Treasurys of similar duration, have fallen to 3.05%, just off the lowest since June 2007.

 

Falling junk bond yields aren’t a concern – yet

While the prospect of the poorest-rated companies being able to pay less than 4% to issue debt might raise the specter of a bubble in the making, most bond pros don’t see any major problems brewing, at least not yet.

 

“Corporations weathered the storm last year and have positioned themselves really well,” said Collin Martin, fixed income strategist at Charles Schwab. “Couple that with yield-starved investors going into anything and everything that offer better than a 0% yield, and it’s really the perfect storm to see spreads drop to those pre-financial crisis levels.”

 

Companies have built huge cash positions over the past several years, with total liquid assets at nonfinancial companies totaling $6.4 trillion through the first quarter of 2021, according to the Federal Reserve. That’s up nearly 50% just since 2018.

 

They’ve built cash as they’ve taken advantage of interest rates that the Fed has kept around record lows, a situation that’s proven particularly advantageous for lower-quality companies.

 

High-yield debt issuance has totaled $298.7 billion in 2021, up 51.1% from the same point in 2020, a year itself that saw a record-smashing $421.4 billion in junk issuance, according to SIFMA data. At the same time, investment-grade issuance has plunged 32.7% this year.

 

For investors, returns have been underwhelming. The $9.3 billion SPDR Bloomberg Barclays High Yield Bond ETF is barely positive for the year, though it does carry a yield of 4.21%.

 

While investors have been avoiding ETFs that trade in the high-yield market – the above-mentioned JNK ETF actually has seen outflows of $3.34 billion in 2021 – mutual fund and institutional investors have been willing to take on the risk to capture some yield.

 

 

“It’s a tough world as an investor, because valuations are awful but fundamentals are pretty good. Usually, fundamentals win out,” said Tom Graff, head of fixed income at Brown Advisory. “We’re pretty cautious on high yield. We own some. That risk-reward is so skewed right now, but you need to be realistic. It’s probably not going to go the other way anytime real soon.”

 

Like others who spoke about junk, Graff said investors can protect themselves by moving up the quality ladder – single- or double-B companies rather than the riskier C-rated.

 

Fallen angels vs. rising stars

Part of that story is an interesting reversal in dynamics for the broader bond market.

 

One of the big worries for the past two years has been the increase in what bond pros call “fallen angels,” or companies that were investment grade but have slid down the ladder. However, that narrative has changed, with investors now looking for “rising stars,” or companies that are climbing in credit quality.

 

Companies that once were investment grade and descended into speculative have raised the overall profile of the lower-graded parts of the market, and themselves could keep moving higher as their balance sheets improve.

 

Some examples of firms moving up the ladder through this year are First Energy, Murphy Oil and Booz Allen Hamilton, according to Moody’s Investor Service. Those heading in the fallen angel direction include Darden Restaurants, Delta Air Lines and General Motors.

 

 “Because of all the downgrades that we saw last year, the credit quality in the market is higher than it’s ever been historically,” said Bill Ahmuty, head of the SPDR Fixed Income Group at State Street Global Advisors. “That’s helping to drive overall yields lower and spreads a little lower.”

 

Wall Street is expecting the level of companies moving up the quality scale to increase considerably through 2022 after little change in a 2020 market that saw a near-record amount of fallen angels.

 

Citing Barclays data, Ahmuty said rising stars will account for four or five times as much debt as fallen angels through 2022. At the same time, default levels are projected to be well below historical averages.

 

“High-yield indices are higher in credit quality. You have lower projected default rates and you have this component where you’re going to see rising stars over the next couple of years,” he said. “There’s a good fundamental backdrop there.”

 

The ill effects of inflation

One element that could spoil the high-yield party is inflation.

 

The CPI’s nearly 13-year high in June is another signal that inflationary pressures remain and are a longer-term threat to push up interest rates. Since yields and prices move in opposite direction, higher bond yields would eat into capital price appreciation for bondholders, and especially hurt those in funds.

 

The Federal Reserve has vowed to stay on the sidelines until its employment objectives are met, but the threat of a tighter central bank always looms over the bond market.

 

What kills a credit rally is the Fed tightening. More hawkish than expected rhetoric from the Fed can kill a credit rally as well,” Martin, the Schwab strategist, said. “We’ve seen very high inflation spikes and indications from the Fed for more hikes than anticipated. But the markets are just shrugging it off.”

 

 

For Bonds, Add Safety by Venturing Abroad

Investors often neglect to add international bond funds to their investments. That failure can increase overall risk and raise the chance of missing savings goals.

A broad range of international holdings can add stability to a domestic portfolio.

By Tim Gray April 8, 2021

https://www.nytimes.com/2021/04/08/business/bonds-safety-international-risk.html

 

Making your bond-fund portfolio less risky requires doing something that can feel like living dangerously: investing abroad.

 

If you’re like most people, you may have put too much of your money in bond funds invested in your home market and so failed to spread your bets around.

 

“People are used to thinking about diversification in their stock portfolio, and they understand how that works to control the risk,” said Rob Waldner, chief strategist for fixed income at Invesco. “You need to do that with your fixed income, too.”

 

Bond diversification matters all the more when traditional income producers like U.S. Treasuries are paying measly rates, he said.

 

With the pandemic beginning to wane, bond yields are ticking up — the 10-year U.S. Treasury, a benchmark bond, was paying 1.7 percent in early April, compared with less than 1 percent in January. But rates are likely to remain relatively low by long-term standards.

 

A well-diversified portfolio might include mutual funds or exchange-traded funds that buy bonds issued by the United States and foreign governments, and large U.S. and foreign companies, as well as ones backed by mortgages, auto loans or credit-card receivables in the United States. (Pools of these financial assets are securitized, and rights to payments from the pools become mortgage-backed and asset-backed bonds.)

 

“Home bias” is the financial term for people’s tendency to over-invest in their home market and shy from other places. Investment experts say it’s pervasive.

 

“It’s something we observe in every country,” said Roger Aliaga-Diaz, global head of portfolio construction at Vanguard.

 

Do-it-yourself investors typically keep about 85 percent of their bond investments in their home market, Mr. Aliaga-Diaz said.

 

Daily business updates  The latest coverage of business, markets and the economy, sent by email each weekday. Get it sent to your inbox.

In contrast, people who buy into Vanguard’s U.S. target-date retirement funds (which handle investment allocation for their shareholders) have about 70 percent of the bond portion of their money invested at home and 30 percent abroad, he said.

 

Vanguard’s research has found that international bonds reduce portfolios’ ups and downs without hurting the total return. Internationally diversifying can provide access to securities from more than 40 countries.

 

“This broad exposure is important, as the factors that drive international bond prices are relatively uncorrelated to those that drive prices in the U.S.,” the report said. Lately, for example, South Korea’s 10-year government bond is yielding 2 percent, while Mexico’s is yielding nearly 7 percent.

 

The international bond slice of Vanguard’s target-date funds is invested in the Vanguard Total International Bond Index Fund, which owns mainly developed-world bonds. Like many international bond funds, it uses hedging to protect its shareholders against the return volatility that currency fluctuations can cause.

 

Jean Boivin, head of the BlackRock Investment Institute, said his outfit’s research suggests that investors may want to be bold in their foreign bond forays and look beyond developed markets.

 

Amazon settles with activist workers who say they were illegally fired.

Macy’s sues to block Amazon from taking over the billboard at its Herald Square flagship.

AT&T extends its vaccination mandate to most unionized workers.

“You need to think about emerging-market bonds and, in particular, Asia ex-Japan,” he said.

 

In the past, investors could view the U.S. bond market as a proxy for the world, partly because U.S. companies often had sprawling international operations, Mr. Boivin said. But there is enormous global diversity today. Foreign markets, especially China, have risen so much that this approach doesn’t work as well.

 

Someone’s precise stake in emerging-market bonds, or any specific bond subclass, will be determined by that person’s risk tolerance and other assets. BlackRock’s broadly diversified Total Return Fund might provide a starting point for considering reasonable ranges. It recently allocated about 8.6 percent of its assets to emerging markets.

 

The Fidelity Total Bond Fund, another broad offering, lately had a 16 percent stake in higher-yielding, riskier kinds of domestic and foreign debt.

 

“Historically, we’ve owned from 8 to 18 percent in the higher-yielding sectors,” said Celso Munoz, one of the fund’s managers. “It’s appropriate for most people to have exposure to the broader fixed-income world, which would include high yield, emerging markets and bank loans.”

 

People may tend to shun international bonds partly because stocks overshadow bonds in the popular media, said Kathy Jones, chief fixed-income strategist at the Schwab Center for Financial Research.

 

“Every day somebody is talking about the S&P 500 or the Dow,” she said. “People don’t talk like that about Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index,” a leading bond index, and relatively few people plunge even deeper into the fixed-income universe.

 

To decide how you might better diversify your bond funds, it helps to reflect on why you own them, said Tad Rivelle, chief investment officer for fixed income at TCW.

 

“The existential question is do you think of fixed income as a safe asset that enables you to take risk elsewhere,” he said, “or do you expect your bonds to pull their own weight, and so you’re OK with them going down in a market panic?”

 

People in the former group might favor more traditional fixed-income categories, like Treasuries and investment-grade corporate and mortgage bonds, while those in the latter might also opt for high-yield bonds or a greater variety of securitized fare, he said. TCW’s MetWest Total Return Bond Fund might work for the first group, and its MetWest Flexible Income Fund for the second.

 

A puzzle for all bond-fund investors is how the end of the Covid-19 pandemic might affect interest rates.

 

Rates usually rise when the economy grows, as it’s expected to do as the world emerges from the pandemic. As that happens, inflation may rise, which could stifle a long bull market in bonds. Bond prices rise as interest rates fall.

 

Yet renewed inflation has been erroneously predicted before, and Jerome Powell, the chair of the Federal Reserve, has made clear that the bank isn’t rushing to raise the short-term rates it controls.

 

For investors who are counting on their bond funds for income, continued low rates could create a temptation to court risk.

 

A more patient approach is prudent, said Mary Ellen Stanek, chief investment officer for Baird Advisors, which oversees the Baird Funds.

 

“You don’t own bonds for excitement and drama,” she said. “You own them for predictability and lower volatility.”

Ms. Jones of Schwab warned, too, against seeking excessive risk. She suggested investors instead rethink how they take cash from their portfolios.

 

“In a year when your stocks are up 20 percent and your bonds are up 2, you may want to pull out some of those capital gains and put them in your cash bucket,” she said. “Say you’re looking to generate 6 percent overall, and you’ve made 20 percent in stocks. If you have excess above your plan, you can look at that as potential income.”

 

No matter what path investors choose, they should always pay close attention to the costs of funds and E.T.F.s, said Jennifer Ellison, a financial adviser at Bingham, Osborn & Scarborough in San Francisco.

 

“Costs are really important, especially with yields where they are,” since those costs will eat up much of that scant yield, she said. “If you’re a retail investor and you’re buying a loaded bond fund, you’re giving all your yield away up front.”

 

Chapter 7 Rating, Term structure

 

Part I: Credit Rating Agency

 

Chapter 7 Rating Agency, Interest rate risk, yield curve (PPT)

 

The Big Short - Standard and Poors scene --- This is how they worked

1.     Conflict of interest?

2.     Who is doing the right thing, the lady representing the rating agency, or the Investment Banker?

 

Three Major Rating Agencies

University: Bond rating (video)

Moody’s sovereign rating list

1.      Who are they?

2.      Are they private firms or government agencies?

3.      How do they rank?

4.      Do we need rating agencies and critiques.

 

Category

Definition

AAA

An obligation rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated 'AA' differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A

An obligation rated 'A' is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated 'BBB' exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

Obligations rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC', and 'C' are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. 'BB' indicates the least degree of speculation and 'C' the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

Sovereign Credit Rating

By JAMES CHEN, Reviewed by GORDON SCOTT on August 26, 2020  https://www.investopedia.com/terms/s/sovereign-credit-rating.asp

 

What Is a Sovereign Credit Rating?

A sovereign credit rating is an independent assessment of the creditworthiness of a country or sovereign entity. Sovereign credit ratings can give investors insights into the level of risk associated with investing in the debt of a particular country, including any political risk.

At the request of the country, a credit rating agency will evaluate its economic and political environment to assign it a rating. Obtaining a good sovereign credit rating is usually essential for developing countries that want access to funding in international bond markets.

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

·       A sovereign credit rating is an independent assessment of the creditworthiness of a country or sovereign entity.

·       Investors use sovereign credit ratings as a way to assess the riskiness of a particular country's bonds.

·       Standard & Poor's gives a BBB- or higher rating to countries it considers investment grade, and grades of BB+ or lower are deemed to be speculative or "junk" grade.

·       Moody’s considers a Baa3 or higher rating to be of investment grade, and a rating of Ba1 and below is speculative.

Understanding Sovereign Credit Ratings

In addition to issuing bonds in external debt markets, another common motivation for countries to obtain a sovereign credit rating is to attract foreign direct investment (FDI). Many countries seek ratings from the largest and most prominent credit rating agencies to encourage investor confidence. Standard & Poor's, Moody's, and Fitch Ratings are the three most influential agencies. Other well-known credit rating agencies include China Chengxin International Credit Rating Company, Dagong Global Credit Rating, DBRS, and Japan Credit Rating Agency (JCR). Subdivisions of countries sometimes issue their own sovereign bonds, which also require ratings. However, many agencies exclude smaller areas, such as a country's regions, provinces, or municipalities.

Investors use sovereign credit ratings as a way to assess the riskiness of a particular country's bonds.

Sovereign credit risk, which is reflected in sovereign credit ratings, represents the likelihood that a government might be unable—or unwilling—to meet its debt obligations in the future. Several key factors come into play in deciding how risky it might be to invest in a particular country or region. They include its debt service ratio, growth in its domestic money supply, its import ratio, and the variance of its export revenue.

 

Many countries faced growing sovereign credit risk after the 2008 financial crisis, stirring global discussions about having to bail out entire nations. At the same time, some countries accused the credit rating agencies of being too quick to downgrade their debt. The agencies were also criticized for following an "issuer pays" model, in which nations pay the agencies to rate them. These potential conflicts of interest would not occur if investors paid for the ratings.

Examples of Sovereign Credit Ratings

Standard & Poor's gives a BBB- or higher rating to countries it considers investment grade, and grades of BB+ or lower are deemed to be speculative or "junk" grade. S&P gave Argentina a CCC- grade in 2019, while Chile maintained an A+ rating. Fitch has a similar system.

Moody’s considers a Baa3 or higher rating to be of investment grade, and a rating of Ba1 and below is speculative. Greece received a B1 rating from Moody's in 2019, while Italy had a rating of Baa3. In addition to their letter-grade ratings, all three of these agencies also provide a one-word assessment of each country's current economic outlook: positive, negative, or stable.

 

Sovereign Credit Ratings in the Eurozone

The European debt crisis reduced the credit ratings of many European nations and led to the Greek debt default. Many sovereign nations in Europe gave up their national currencies in favor of the single European currency, the euro. Their sovereign debts are no longer denominated in national currencies. The eurozone countries cannot have their national central banks "print money" to avoid defaults. While the euro produced increased trade between member states, it also raised the probability that members will default and reduced many sovereign credit ratings.

 

Sovereigns Rating (http://countryeconomy.com/ratings/)

 

 

Class discussion Topics

·      How much do you trust those rating agencies?

·      Are those rating agencies private or public firms?

·      What factors should be considered when a rating agency is evaluating a debt?

 

 

How credit agencies work(video)

Rating Conflicts (video) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-C5JW4I3nfU

 

 

Part II: Z Scores

 

How the credits are assigned?

 

calculating Z scores is as follows:

 Z = α +

where a is a constant, Ri the ratios, βi the relative weighting applied to ratio Ri and n the number of ratios used.

 

The Altman Z-Score Formula (https://www.investopedia.com/terms/z/zscore.asp)

 

image047.jpg

The Altman Z-score is the output of a credit-strength test that helps gauge the likelihood of bankruptcy for a publicly traded manufacturing company. The Z-score is based on five key financial ratios that can be found and calculated from a company's annual 10-K report. The calculation used to determine the Altman Z-score is as follows:

ζ=1.2A+1.4B+3.3C+0.6D+1.0E

where: Zeta(ζ)=The Altman Z-score

A=Working capital/total assets

B=Retained earnings/total assets

C=Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT)/totalassets

D=Market value of equity/book value of total liabilities

E=Sales/total assets

Typically, a score below 1.8 indicates that a company is likely heading for or is under the weight of bankruptcy. Conversely, companies that score above 3 are less likely to experience bankruptcy.

The zones of discrimination were as such:

When Altman Z-Score <= 1.8, it is in Distress Zones.
When Altman Z-Score >= 3, it is in Safe Zones.
When Altman Z-Score is between 1.8 and 3, it is in Grey Zones.

Competitive Comparison Data

Ticker

Company

Market Cap (M)

Altman Z-Score

AAL

American Airlines Group Inc

$ 13,849.12

-0.04-lowest

UAL

United Airlines Holdings Inc

$ 16,601.34

0.22

ALK

Alaska Air Group Inc

$ 7,775.70

0.88

JBLU

JetBlue Airways Corp

$ 5,142.42

0.56

ALGT

Allegiant Travel Co

$ 3,638.85

1.80-highest

SAVE

Spirit Airlines Inc

$ 2,923.60

0.59

SKYW

SkyWest Inc

$ 2,618.74

1.20

HA

Hawaiian Holdings Inc

$ 1,155.26

0.43

MESA

Mesa Air Group Inc

$ 287.13

0.84

HRBR

Harbor Diversified Inc

$ 104.74

1.56

https://www.gurufocus.com/term/zscore/NAS:AAL/Altman-Z-Score/American-Airlines-Group

For class discussion: Which of the above airlines are in danger based on its z score? But do you think so?

********* Let’s try to get AAL’s z score (FYI)******************   https://www.gurufocus.com/term/zscore/NAS:AAL/Altman-Z-Score/American-Airlines-Group

American Airlines Group Altman Z-Score Calculation.

Altman Z-Score model is an accurate forecaster of failure up to two years prior to distress. It can be considered the assessment of the distress of industrial corporations. American Airlines Group's Altman Z-Score for today is calculated with this formula:

Z=1.2* X1+1.4*X2+3.3*X3+ 0.6*X4+1.0*X5

=1.2*0.0155+1.4*-0.1087+3.3*-0.0814+0.6*0.1728+1.0*0.2579

= -0.04

* For Operating Data section: All numbers are indicated by the unit behind each term and all currency related amount are in USD.

* For other sections: All numbers are in millions except for per share data, ratio, and percentage. All currency related amount are indicated in the company's associated stock exchange currency. GuruFocus does not calculate Altman Z-Score when X4 or X5 value is 0.

Trailing Twelve Months (TTM) ended in Jun. 2021:

Total Assets was $72,464 Mil.

Total Current Assets was $22,647 Mil.

Total Current Liabilities was $21,521 Mil.

Retained Earnings was $-7,876 Mil.

Pre-Tax Income was 9 + -1573 + -2809 + -3095 = $-7,468 Mil.

Interest Expense was -486 + -371 + -376 + -340 = $-1,573 Mil.

Revenue was 7478 + 4008 + 4028 + 3173 = $18,687 Mil.

Market Cap (Today) was $13,849 Mil.

Total Liabilities was $80,131 Mil.

X1=     Working Capital         /           Total Assets

=          (Total Current Assets - Total Current Liabilities)     /           Total Assets

=          (22647 - 21521)          /           72464

=          0.0155

X2=     Retained Earnings      /           Total Assets

=          -7876   /           72464

=          -0.1087

X3=     Earnings Before Interest and Taxes   /           Total Assets

=          (Pre-Tax Income - Interest Expense) /           Total Assets

=          (-7468 - -1573)           /           72464

=          -0.0814

X4=     Market Value Equity  /           Book Value of Total Liabilities

=          Market Cap     /           Total Liabilities

=          13849.123       /           80131

=          0.1728

X5=     Revenue          /           Total Assets

=          18687  /           72464

=          0.2579

The zones of discrimination were as such:

Distress Zones - 1.81 < Grey Zones < 2.99 - Safe Zones

American Airlines Group has a Altman Z-Score of -0.04 indicating it is in Distress Zones.

Study by Altman found that companies that are in Distress Zone have more than 80% of chances of bankruptcy in two years.

American Airlines Group  (NAS:AAL) Altman Z-Score Explanation

X1: The Working Capital/Total Assets (WC/TA) ratio is a measure of the net liquid assets of the firm relative to the total capitalization. Working capital is defined as the difference between current assets and current liabilities. Ordinarily, a firm experiencing consistent operating losses will have shrinking current assets in relation to total assets. Altman found this one proved to be the most valuable liquidity ratio comparing with the current ratio and the quick ratio. This is however the least significant of the five factors.

X2: Retained Earnings/Total Assets: the RE/TA ratio measures the leverage of a firm. Retained earnings is the account which reports the total amount of reinvested earnings and/or losses of a firm over its entire life. Those firms with high RE, relative to TA, have financed their assets through retention of profits and have not utilized as much debt.

X3, Earnings Before Interest and Taxes/Total Assets (EBIT/TA): This ratio is a measure of the true productivity of the firm's assets, independent of any tax or leverage factors. Since a firm's ultimate existence is based on the earning power of its assets, this ratio appears to be particularly appropriate for studies dealing with corporate failure. This ratio continually outperforms other profitability measures, including cash flow.

X4, Market Value of Equity/Book Value of Total Liabilities (MVE/TL): The measure shows how much the firm's assets can decline in value (measured by market value of equity plus debt) before the liabilities exceed the assets and the firm becomes insolvent.

X5, Revenue/Total Assets (S/TA): The capital-turnover ratio is a standard financial ratio illustrating the sales generating ability of the firm's assets.

 

Homework of chapter 7 part I: (Due with the second mid term exam)

1.     Why does Moody downgrade Ford’s bond to Junk bond? Do you support the decisions of the other two rating agencies giving an investment grade bond rating to Ford’s bond?

2.     What is Z score? Refer to the Z scores of American airlines, Jet Blue Airlines, and Delta Airlines. For example, you can find Delta’s z score at https://www.gurufocus.com/term/zscore/DAL/Altman-Z-Score/Delta-Air-Lines-Inc

 

Delta Air Lines has a Altman Z-Score of 0.07, indicating it is in Distress Zones. This implies bankruptcy possibility in the next two years.

The historical rank and industry rank for Delta Air Lines's Altman Z-Score or its related term are showing as below:

NYSE:DAL' s Altman Z-Score Range Over the Past 10 Years

Min: -1.33   Med: 0.89   Max: 1.85

Current: 0.08

-1.33

1.85

During the past 13 years, Delta Air Lines's highest Altman Z-Score was 1.85. The lowest was -1.33. And the median was 0.89.

 

Do you think that Delta airline is more likely to default than the other two airlines based on z score? Why or why not?

3.     Why are airline companies’ stocks better investments than airline companies’ bonds, according to https://www.forbes.com/sites/michaelgoldstein/2021/03/18/are-airline-bonds-and-airline-stocks-telling-different-stories/?sh=240e532bcffa?

 

 

CCC

 

 

 

An obligation rated 'CCC' is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

 

 

America could be hit with a debt downgrade for the first time since 2011

 

By Matt Egan, Updated 12:43 PM ET, Fri October 1, 2021

https://www.cnn.com/2021/10/01/economy/credit-rating-debt-ceiling/index.html

 

 

New York, NY (CNN) Fitch Ratings warned Friday that the fight in Washington over raising the debt ceiling could force the firm to downgrade America's AAA credit rating.

 

"The failure of the latest efforts to suspend the U.S. federal government's debt limit indicates that the current stand-off could be among the most protracted since 2013," Fitch said.

 

Echoing what S&P Global Ratings said Thursday, Fitch said it believes the debt limit will be raised or suspended "in time to avert a default event."

However, Fitch added that "if this were not done in a timely manner, political brinksmanship and reduced financing flexibility could increase the risk of a US sovereign default."

The Treasury Department has warned it will run out of cash and exhaust extraordinary measures by October 18. At that point, Treasury would no longer have 100% confidence it could pay America's bills.

 

Fitch suggested that getting near that date could trigger a downgrade.

"We view reaching the Treasury's X-date without the debt limit having been raised as the principal tail risk to the US sovereign's willingness and capacity to pay," Fitch said. "If this appeared likely we would review the US sovereign rating, with probably negative implications."

Fitch reiterated that the United States would likely get downgraded even if it kept paying bondholders, but delayed other payments like Social Security and paychecks to federal workers.

 

"Prioritization of debt payments, assuming this is an option, would lead to non-payment or delayed payment of other obligations, which would likely undermine the U.S.'s 'AAA' status," Fitch said.

 

During the 2011 debt ceiling fight, S&P downgraded the US credit rating for the first time ever, while Fitch and Moody's kept a perfect AAA rating on the world's largest economy. Fitch has had a negative outlook on the United States since July 2020.

"The debt limit impasse reflects a lack of political consensus that has hampered the U.S.'s ability to meet fiscal challenges for some time," Fitch said on Friday.

Fitch said amending the reconciliation bill to address the debt ceiling "appears the most viable option for raising the debt ceiling, but the process would take some time in the Senate."

 

Are Airline Bonds Scarier Than Airline Stocks Because Of Sub-Par Credit Ratings?

Michael Goldstein, Mar 18, 2021,05:27pm

 

 https://www.forbes.com/sites/michaelgoldstein/2021/03/18/are-airline-bonds-and-airline-stocks-telling-different-stories/?sh=240e532bcffa

 

Airline stocks have been on a tear. But do airline bonds—and their underlying credit ratings—tell a different story?

 

American hit a year high of 25.94 on March 15, rising from a 52-week low of 8.25 on May 14, 2020. Southwest hit a 52-week high of 62.76 on March 15 as well, up from a 52-week low of 22.46 in May.

 

Good news is propelling airline stocks. The TSA reported five straight days of screening a million passengers, including 1,357,111 on March 12, the most in a year. Brad Tilden, CEO of Alaska Airlines, said upcoming bookings are up to 70% of normal. Jet Blue is calling back flight attendants due to increased demand.

 

In the U.S., 100 million vaccines have been distributed, promising a “roaring ‘20’s” of pent-up travel demand. Even international travel, snarled by quarantines, may explode, speeded by controversial vaccine passports.

 

But while airline stocks zoom ahead, their bonds reflect a more sobering reality: weak credit ratings. Currently, rating agencies like Fitch and Standard and Poor’s (S&P) put most airline credit ratings and bonds in the sub-investment grade (aka “junk”) category.

 

An exception is Southwest, which S&P rated BBB/Negative as of March 16, 2021.Going into this Southwest benefited from their strong balance sheet. They had a lot of liquidity, aircraft unencumbered by debt, more domestic travel, and were not reliant on business,” says Betsy Snyder, Director, S&P Global Ratings.

 

On February 1, 2020, S&P rated Southwest BBB+/Stable, while Delta Airlines was BBB-/Stable. But by March 16, 2021, Southwest was rated BBB/Negative, and Delta BB/Negative. United went from BB/Positive to B+/Negative, while American went from BB-/Stable to B-/Negative. Hardest hit was Hawaiian Air[MG1] , which went from BB-/Stable to CCC+/Negative.

 

Why are airline stocks taking off while their bonds seem earthbound? Philip Baggaley, Managing Director, S&P Global Ratings, says “Share prices are just that—prices. The ratings are our estimate of credit risk and the likelihood of default. And the bond prices have in fact rallied over the last few months.”

 

Sub-investment grade airline bonds have relatively attractive yields. A quick search of corporate bonds going out to December 2025 found just five investment grade bonds rated A or better that yielded at least 1.2%. However, a search of sub-investment grade bonds of the same duration found three from United and two from Delta with a yield to maximum of 2.4% or better.

 

Although riskier, fund managers add high-yielding airline bonds to their mix, as investment grade bonds offer little. Janet Rilling of Wells Fargo told Marketwatch that her fund bought unsecured airline bonds. “U.S. high yield is our favored spot in credit, particularly BB bonds that have more room to recover than BBB.”

 

Will airline bonds remain fallen angels, or become rising stars?

 

Baggaley noted that after significant downgrades in the first months of COVID, “ratings have stabilized.” He added, “The airlines are remarkably good at raising liquidity. We’re a little more cautiously optimistic. Our ratings anticipated that all of these airlines [Southwest, Delta, Alaska, Air Canada, JetBlue, United, Allegiant, Spirit, American, WestJet, Hawaiian] would survive.”

 

 On March 8 American announced a $5 billion bond sale and $2.5 billion loan. The purpose was to pay back other debt like loans from the U.S. Treasury. The airline said it would use its frequent flyer program as backing. In 2017, Stifel analyst Joe DeNardi postulated airline loyalty programs were worth more than their actual operations, a theory which has seemingly become gospel. Nonetheless, Fitch rates the new issue BB (speculative) with a negative outlook.

 

Based on its balance sheet as of October 2020, American had a net debt of $32.79 billion, while total assets were about $64 billion. Meanwhile, the company was burning cash at a rate of $30 million a day.

 

Other airlines have similar issues. Although bookings are picking up, US airlines currently average about 20% capacity for international flights, about 40% domestically.

 

Effects from COVID are distributed unevenly, a disparity reflected in airline ratings. For example, domestically focused Southwest maintains (barely) an investment grade rating. United, on the other hand, dependent on business travel with an extensive international flight schedule, has a sub-investment grade rating.

 

Business travel will “take years to come back. There is some portion that won’t come back due to videoconferencing. International is hostage to virus conditions in other countries,” says Baggaley. “The Big Three will see a slower recovery but have strengths like route structures and loyalty programs.”

 

Delta tapped its SkyMiles loyalty program to back $9 billion in debt it raised in September. “Delta said they’d like to get back to investment grade, but it’s not going to happen overnight,” noted Baggaley.

 

Baggaley says the first quarter is looking worse than anticipated. But the arrival of vaccines in mass quantities are “the light at the end of the runway.” For airline credit ratings to return to a “Stable” rating would require “better industry conditions and confidence that vaccines are returning passengers to the planes.”

 

Joe Rohlena, a senior director at Fitch said, “Our view is that there is still a lot of risk. There are real green shoots, like vaccine rollouts, and bookings are starting to come back. But we still have the whole sector on a negative outlook—we don’t know when cases will drop, when borders will open.” For airline to be upgraded, they need “a real and sustainable level of traffic—better than what we’ve seen,” plus “a concrete effort to pay back some of the debt raised during the pandemic.”

 

As for airline bonds issued against frequent flyer programs, “Our view is that the loyalty program really is a core asset of the airline, and a lot of their profitability comes from those programs.” Rohlena added that the coupons on American’s bonds were also “pretty attractive” with five and 8-year bonds offering 5.5%. With the offering giving American another $2.5 billion in liquidity. “You ride through this portion of the pandemic and you chip away at the debt.”

 

Pandemic or no, Baggaley says two airline IPOs, Frontier and Sun Country, are potentially upcoming, while Bjřrn Kjos, founder of Norwegian, s involved in a new airline, Norse Atlantic.

 

 

“Hope springs eternal,” Baggaley says.

 Part III: Yield curve (or Term structure)

·      What is yield curve? ( http://www.yieldcurve.com/MktYCgraph.htm)

Daily Treasury Yield Curve Rates

http://www.yieldcurve.com/MktYCgraph.htm

 

US Treasury

3 Month

6 Month

2 Year

5 Year

10 Year

30 Year

11-Oct-21

0.08

0.39

0.55

0.76

1.16

1.5

0.05

0.07

0.32

1.06

1.61

2.17

4-Oct-21

0.02

0.23

0.4

0.62

1.01

1.37

0.04

0.05

0.27

0.93

1.47

2.03

27-Sep-21

0.02

0.24

0.38

0.59

0.92

1.24

0.04

0.05

0.27

0.95

1.45

1.98

20-Sep-21

0.14

0.16

0.29

0.51

0.85

1.15

0.04

0.05

0.23

0.86

1.36

1.9

13-Sep-21

0.04

0.15

0.25

0.42

0.76

1.08

0.05

0.05

0.21

0.82

1.34

1.93

6-Sep-21

0.04

0.12

0.19

0.38

0.71

1.07

0.05

0.05

0.21

0.79

1.33

1.95

30-Aug-21

0.06

0.07

0.12

0.3

0.58

1

0.05

0.05

0.22

0.8

1.31

1.92

23-Aug-21

0.04

0.07

0.11

0.25

0.53

0.94

0.05

0.05

0.23

0.78

1.26

1.87

16-Aug-21

0.04

0.1

0.14

0.3

0.58

0.96

0.06

0.05

0.21

0.78

1.28

1.93

9-Aug-21

0.03

0.11

0.15

0.3

0.61

1.01

0.05

0.05

0.21

0.77

1.31

1.95

2-Aug-21

0.05

0.04

0.07

0.27

0.57

1

0.05

0.05

0.19

0.69

1.23

1.89

26-Jul-21

0.03

0.08

0.08

0.29

0.59

1.01

0.05

0.05

0.2

0.71

1.28

1.92

19-Jul-21

0.08

0.09

0.12

0.33

0.63

1.12

0.05

0.05

0.23

0.78

1.3

1.93

12-Jul-21

0.05

0.09

0.1

0.3

0.66

1.18

0.05

0.05

0.21

0.79

1.36

1.99

Interest rates sourced from market data (includes interpolated yields)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For discussion:

Why do the rates change daily?

Can the 30y yield < 3m T-Bill rate?

So the yield curve is not that flatten anymore. So we do not need to worry for recession anymore? Right?

 

·      Why do we need yield curve?

 

·      What can yield curve tell us?

What is yield curve, video

 

Yield Curve      http://finra-markets.morningstar.com/BondCenter/Default.jsp

 

Introduction to the yield curve (Khan academy)

 

 

Summary of Yield Curve Shapes and Explanations

Normal Yield Curve
When bond investors expect the economy to hum along at normal rates of growth without significant changes in inflation rates or available capital, the yield curve slopes gently upward. In the absence of economic disruptions, investors who risk their money for longer periods expect to get a bigger reward — in the form of higher interest — than those who risk their money for shorter time periods. Thus, as maturities lengthen, interest rates get progressively higher and the curve goes up.

image013.jpg

 

Steep Curve – Economy is improving
Typically the yield on 30-year Treasury bonds is three percentage points above the yield on three-month Treasury bills. When it gets wider than that — and the slope of the yield curve increases sharply — long-term bond holders are sending a message that they think the economy will improve quickly in the future.

image014.jpg

 

Inverted Curve – Recession is coming
At first glance an inverted yield curve seems like a paradox. Why would long-term investors settle for lower yields while short-term investors take so much less risk? The answer is that long-term investors will settle for lower yields now if they think rates — and the economy — are going even lower in the future. They're betting that this is their last chance to lock in rates before the bottom falls out.

image015.jpg

 


Flat or Humped Curve

To become inverted, the yield curve must pass through a period where long-term yields are the same as short-term rates. When that happens the shape will appear to be flat or, more commonly, a little raised in the middle.

Unfortunately, not all flat or humped curves turn into fully inverted curves. Otherwise we'd all get rich plunking our savings down on 30-year bonds the second we saw their yields start falling toward short-term levels.

On the other hand, you shouldn't discount a flat or humped curve just because it doesn't guarantee a coming recession. The odds are still pretty good that economic slowdown and lower interest rates will follow a period of flattening yields.

image016.jpg

 

 

*****Special topic I: Inverted Yield Curve  could be used to predict recession*****

 

How The Yield Curve Predicted Every Recession For The Past 50 Years (video)

 

For discussion:

·      What is the shape the most recent yield curve?

·      What does it indicate or imply?

·      Do you believe it?

·      What can we do to prevent any possible losses in the future?

·      ……

 

YieldCurve.com

Yield Curve figures updated weekly since October 2003
For historical animated yield curve data use drop-down menu

UK Gilt

6 Month

1 Year

2 Year

5 Year

10 Year

30 Year

October 14, 2019

0.74

0.66

0.53

0.48

0.69

1.16

October 7, 2019

0.74

0.46

0.35

0.26

0.45

0.95

US Treasury

3 Month

6 Month

2 Year

5 Year

10 Year

30 Year

October 14, 2019

1.69

1.68

1.60

1.56

1.73

2.20

October 7, 2019

1.70

1.65

1.41

1.35

1.53

2.01

 

image068.jpg

 

What Is An Inverted Yield Curve And How Does It Affect The Stock Market? | NBC News Now (video)

 

Inverted Yield Curve

By WALDEN SIEW

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/i/invertedyieldcurve.asp

 

Fact checked by YARILET PEREZ on August 29, 2021, Reviewed by MICHAEL J BOYLE

 

What Is an Inverted Yield Curve?

An inverted yield curve represents a situation in which long-term debt instruments have lower yields than short-term debt instruments of the same credit quality. An inverted yield curve is sometimes referred to as a negative yield curve.

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

·      An inverted yield curve reflects a scenario in which short-term debt instruments have higher yields than long-term instruments of the same credit risk profile.

·      Investor preferences of liquidity and expectations of future interest rates shape the yield curve.

·      Typically, long-term bonds have higher yields than short-term bonds, and the yield curve slopes upward to the right.

·      An inverted yield curve is a strong indicator of an impending recession.

·      Because of the reliability of yield curve inversions as a leading indicator, they tend to receive significant attention in the financial press.

 

Understanding Inverted Yield Curve

The yield curve graphically represents yields on similar bonds across a variety of maturities. It is also known as the term structure of interest rates. A normal yield curve slopes upward, reflecting the fact that short-term interest rates are usually lower than long-term rates. That is a result of increased risk and liquidity premiums for long-term investments.

 

When the yield curve inverts, short-term interest rates become higher than long-term rates. This type of yield curve is the rarest of the three main curve types and is considered to be a predictor of economic recession. Because of the rarity of yield curve inversions, they typically draw attention from all parts of the financial world.

 

Historically, inversions of the yield curve have preceded recessions in the U.S. Due to this historical correlation, the yield curve is often seen as a way to predict the turning points of the business cycle. What an inverted yield curve really means is that most investors believe that short-term interest rates are going to fall sharply at some point in the future. As a practical matter, recessions usually cause interest rates to fall. Inverted yield curves are almost always followed by recessions.

 

An inverted Treasury yield curve is one of the most reliable leading indicators of an impending recession.

 

Measuring Yield Curves

One of the most popular methods of measuring the yield curve is to use the spread between the yields of ten-year Treasuries and two-year Treasuries to determine if the yield curve is inverted. The Federal Reserve maintains a chart of this spread, and it is updated on most business days and is one of their most popularly downloaded data series.

 

The 10-year to two-year Treasury spread is one of the most reliable leading indicators of a recession within the following year. For as long as the Fed has published this data back to 1976, it has accurately predicted every declared recession in the U.S., and not given a single false positive signal. On Feb. 25, 2020, the spread dipped below zero, indicating an inverted yield curve and signaling a possible economic recession in the U.S. in 2020.

 

Maturity Considerations

Yields are typically higher on fixed-income securities with longer maturity dates. Higher yields on longer-term securities are a result of the maturity risk premium. All other things being equal, the prices of bonds with longer maturities change more for any given interest rate change. That makes long-term bonds riskier, so investors usually have to be compensated for that risk with higher yields.

 

If an investor thinks that yields are headed down, it is logical to buy bonds with longer maturities. That way, the investor gets to keep today's higher interest rates. The price goes up as more investors buy long-term bonds, which drives yields down. When the yields for long-term bonds fall far enough, it produces an inverted yield curve.

 

Economic Considerations

The shape of the yield curve changes with the state of the economy. The normal or upward sloping yield curve occurs when the economy is growing. Two primary economic theories explain the shape of the yield curve; the pure expectations theory and the liquidity preference theory.

 

In pure expectations theory, forward long-term rates are thought to be an average of expected short-term rates over the same total term of maturity. Liquidity preference theory points out that investors will demand a premium on the yield they receive in return for tying up liquidity in a longer-term bond. Together these theories explain the shape of the yield curve as a function of investors’ current preferences and future expectations and why, in normal times, the yield curve slopes upward to the right.

 

During normal periods of economic growth, and especially when the economy is being stimulated by low interest rates driven by Fed monetary policy, the yield curve slopes upward both because investors demand a premium yield for longer-term bonds and because they expect that at some point in the future the Fed will have to raise short-term rates to avoid an overheated economy and/or runaway inflation. In these circumstances, both expectations and liquidity preference reinforce each other and both contribute to an upward sloping yield curve.

 

When signals of an overheated economy start to appear or when investors otherwise have reason to believe that a short-term rate hike by the Fed is imminent, then these theories begin to work in the opposite directions and the slope of the yield curve flattens and can even turn negative (and inverted) if this effect is strong enough.

 

Investors begin to expect that the Fed’s efforts to cool down the overheated economy by raising short-term rates will lead to a slowdown in economic activity, followed by a return to a low interest rate policy in order to fight the tendency for a slowdown to become a recession. Investors' expectation of falling short-term interest rates in the future leads to a decrease in long-term yields and an increase in short-term yields in the present, causing the yield curve to flatten or even invert.

 

It is perfectly rational to expect interest rates to fall during recessions. If there is a recession, then stocks become less attractive and might enter a bear market. That increases the demand for bonds, which raises their prices and reduces yields. The Federal Reserve also generally lowers short-term interest rates to stimulate the economy during recessions. That expectation makes long-term bonds more appealing, which further increases their prices and decreases yields in the months preceding a recession.

 

Historical Examples of Inverted Yield Curves

In 2006, the yield curve was inverted during much of the year. Long-term Treasury bonds went on to outperform stocks during 2007. In 2008, long-term Treasuries soared as the stock market crashed. In this case, the Great Recession arrived and turned out to be worse than expected.

In 1998, the yield curve briefly inverted. For a few weeks, Treasury bond prices surged after the Russian debt default. Quick interest rate cuts by the Federal Reserve helped to prevent a recession in the United States. However, the Fed's actions may have contributed to the subsequent dotcom bubble.

 

 

 

Fed’s Bullard says ignoring the Treasury yield curve has burned him in the past

Published: Oct 15, 2019 8:35 a.m. ET, by STEVEGOLDSTEIN

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/bullard-says-he-is-reluctant-to-dismiss-the-warnings-from-the-yield-curve-2019-10-15

 

   

There are a lot of valid reasons why the inversion of the U.S. Treasury yield curve — that is, the yield of short-term bonds being higher than that of longer-term securities — isn’t a sign of economic worries.

But count James Bullard, president of the St. Louis Federal Reserve, as not one to ignore the yield curve’s predictive powers.

Elga Bartsch, head of macro research at BlackRock, asked Bullard whether in an era of rapidly falling natural interest rate estimates and a global savings glut, the yield curve still carries the same significance.

Bullard, at a conference on monetary and financial policy in London, replied that he was burned twice as a Fed staffer in the 2000s on trying to dismiss the predictive powers of the yield curve. He recalled a speech in 2006 from then Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke who also minimized the curve’s predictive powers.

“The idea has always been to downplay this issue,” Bullard said. “If you want to ignore the signal, you should say, okay, but I’m ignoring it with open eyes.”

The yield on the 10-year TMUBMUSD10Y, -1.05%   is currently a bit higher than the 2-year TMUBMUSD02Y, +0.01%  , at 1.73% versus 1.59%. Earlier in the year, the 2-year yield was higher than the 10-year.

Bullard, who wanted a half percentage point rate cut in September, continued to press the case for easier policy.

“Insurance rate cuts may help re-center inflation and inflation expectations at the 2% target sooner than otherwise,” he said.

The Fed is meeting at the end of October to determine whether it will make its third quarter-point rate cut in succession this year.

Asked by MarketWatch, he declined to quantify a probability of recession and acknowledged that most estimates of them are based off the yield curve.

He also said uncertainty about international trade policies is likely to linger for longer than markets anticipate.

“We’ve opened a Pandora’s box,” he said. “If you study the history of trade negotiations, they’re very long and very involved over a very long period of time.”

 

 

5 things investors need to know about an inverted yield curve

Published: Aug 28, 2019 9:43 a.m. ET , By WILLIAMWATTS, DEPUTY MARKETS EDITOR, SUNNYOH

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/5-things-investors-need-to-know-about-an-inverted-yield-curve-2019-08-14

  

The 10-year yield fell below the 2-year yield for the first time since June 2007

https://ei.marketwatch.com/Multimedia/2019/08/14/Photos/ZH/MW-HP402_yield__20190814101008_ZH.jpg?uuid=38ccfe96-be9d-11e9-b975-9c8e992d421e

The main measure of the yield curve briefly deepened its inversion on Tuesday — with the yield on the 10-year Treasury note extending its drop below the yield on the 2-year note — underlining investor worries over a potential recession.

But while inversions are seen as a reliable indicator of an economic downturn, investors may be pushing the panic button prematurely. Here’s a look at what happened and what it might mean for financial markets.

 

What’s the yield curve?

The yield curve is a line plotting out yields across maturities. Typically, it slopes upward, with investors demanding more compensation to hold a note or bond for a longer period given the risk of inflation and other uncertainties.

An inverted curve can be a source of concern for a variety of reasons: short-term rates could be running high because overly tight monetary policy is slowing the economy, or it could be that investor worries about future economic growth are stoking demand for safe, long-term Treasurys, pushing down long-term rates, note economists at the San Francisco Fed, who have led research into the relationship between the curve and the economy.

They noted in an August 2018 research paper that, historically, the causation “may have well gone both ways” and that “great caution is therefore warranted in interpreting the predictive evidence.”

 

What just happened?

The yield curve has been flattening for some time. A global bond rally in the wake of rising trade tensions pulled down yields for long-term bonds. The 10-year Treasury note yield TMUBMUSD10Y, -1.05% fell as low as 1.453% on Wednesday, trading around 4 basis points below the yield on the 2-year note peerTMUBMUSD02Y, -0.25%.

The inversion on this widely-watched measure of the yield curve’s slope had already taken place two weeks ago, when signs of economic weakness across the globe drew investors into haven

 

Why does it matter?

The 2-year/10-year version of the yield curve has preceded each of the past seven recessions, including the most recent slowdown between 2007 and 2009. Other yield curve measures have already inverted, including the widely-watched 3-month/10-year spread used by the Federal Reserve to gauge recession probabilities.

 

Is recession imminent?

A recession isn’t a certainty. Some economists have argued that the aftermath of quantitative easing measures that saw global central banks snap up government bonds and drive down longer term yields may have robbed inversions of their reliability as a predictor. According to this school of thought, negative bond yields in Europe and Japan have forced yield-starved investors to the U.S., artificially depressing long-term Treasury yields.

 

Some Fed policy makers, including New York Fed President John Williams, have also periodically questioned the overwhelming importance placed by market participants on the yield curve, seeing it as only one measure among many that could point to economic distress. Others say an inversion of the yield curve reflects when the bond-market is expecting the U.S. central bank to set off on an extended easing cycle. This pent-up anticipation drives long-term bond yields below their short-term peers. But if the Fed cuts rates in a speedy fashion and successfully prevents an economic downturn, the yield curve’s inversion this time around may turn out to be a false positive.

 

And even if the yield curve does point to a future recession, investors might not want to panic immediately. From 1956, past recessions have started on average around 15 months after an inversion of the 2-year/10-year spread occurred, according to Bank of America Merrill Lynch.

 

Are market worries overdone?

Some investors argued that until other recession indicators, such as the unemployment rate, start blinking red, it’s probably premature to press the panic button. “It’s a recession indicator among many others, though the yield curve may be flashing red, others are not,” said Adrian Helfert, director of multi-asset portfolios at Westwood Holdings Group, in an interview with MarketWatch.

 

 

********* Special Topic 2: Steepening Yield Curve ***************

 

What Is a Steep Yield Curve? (https://www.thebalance.com/steepening-and-flattening-yield-curve-416920)

The gap between the yields on short-term bonds and long-term bonds increases when the yield curve steepens. The increase in this gap usually indicates that yields on long-term bonds are rising faster than yields on short-term bonds, but sometimes it can mean that short-term bond yields are falling even as longer-term yields are rising.

 

For example, assume that a two-year note was at 2% on Jan. 2, and the 10-year was at 3%. On Feb. 1, the two-year note yields 2.1% while the 10-year yields 3.2%. The difference went from 1 percentage point to 1.10 percentage points, leading to a steeper yield curve.

 

A steepening yield curve typically indicates that investors expect rising inflation and stronger economic growth.

 

Fed to Broadly Accept a Steepening Yield Curve: Peterson’s Posen (youtube)

How the Fed’s Mission Impacts the Yield Curve (youtube)

Steepening Yield Curve (youtube)

 

 

For discussion:

Do you agree with the Fed’s current QE monetary policy?

 

Treasury yield curve steepens to 4-year high as investors bet on growth rebound

·        

·       AuthorBrian ScheidPolo Rocha   Jan 13, 2021

·        

·       https://www.spglobal.com/marketintelligence/en/news-insights/latest-news-headlines/treasury-yield-curve-steepens-to-4-year-high-as-investors-bet-on-growth-rebound-62067561

·        

The short-term outlook for the U.S. economy may be dark, but bond investors see a bright future.

The U.S. Treasury yield curve has steepened to levels not seen since 2016, signaling that investors expect economic expansion and higher inflation in the coming years as coronavirus vaccines are distributed and incoming President Joe Biden and a Democrat-controlled Congress are expected to pass another substantial stimulus package.

The steepening curve is likely a sign of economic recovery, said Michael Crook, deputy chief investment officer at Mill Creek Capital. "It's very possible we're on track for a period of above-trend economic growth unlike anything we've seen in the last two decades, but it won't happen all at once."

The fly in the ointment could be the Federal Reserve, where regional presidents have begun weighing the possibility of reducing the bank's $120 billion in monthly bond purchases if the economy sees a boom later this year. Should the Fed stay on course, the yield curve would likely steepen further as short-term rates remain pegged as growth and inflation accelerate.

Nominal Treasury yields have moved in "near lockstep" with rates on Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities over the past week, an indication that the climb's main driver was growth expectations, Crook said.

Inflation expectations

A steep yield curve — when there is a large spread in interest rates between shorter-term Treasury bonds to longer-term bonds — often precedes a period of economic expansion, as investors bet that a central bank will be forced to raise rates in the future to tamp down higher inflation. The opposite is true of inverted yield curves, which suggest investors see the need for lower interest rates to prop up slowing inflation.SNL Image

The U.S. Treasury 10-year yield settled at 1.15% on Jan. 12, up 19 basis points from Jan. 5, when Democrats won the races for Georgia's two Senate seats and tilted the balance of Congress. The 10-year yield has risen 34 basis points in the roughly two months since the U.S. presidential election and is now at its highest level since March 18, 2020, when the early days of the coronavirus pandemic caused wild swings in bond markets.

Yields on 10-year Treasurys should reach 1.5% by the end of 2021 as the rollout of the coronavirus vaccine, additional government stimulus and overall economic recovery expectations push long bonds' yields up in the first half of this year, Bruno Braizinha, a rates strategist with Bank of America Securities, said in a Jan. 12 note.

The 30-year yield has surged 32 basis points since November's Election Day, settling at 1.88% on Jan. 12, its highest close since Feb. 21.

Meanwhile, the gap between the five- and 30-year yields climbed to 138 basis points on Jan. 12, its highest point since November 2016. The gap between the two- and 10-year yields closed at 101 points on Jan. 12, its highest point since May 2017. Those gaps remained the same Jan. 12.

"The steepening signals that inflation expectations are rising," agreed Mike O’Rourke, chief market strategist at JonesTrading.

The 10-year breakeven rate, a measure of market inflation expectations, settled at 2.06% on Jan. 11, its highest level since November 2018.

SNL Image

The rise in inflation expectations, strategists said, will likely only reinforce the Fed's plan to keep interest rates lower for longer and try to run inflation above 2% to average out the years below that target threshold.

"The Fed states it won't do much until it is confident inflation will run above 2% for a period of time," O'Rourke said. "So for now, I don't expect them to take any action."

The Fed's preferred inflation gauge, the core personal consumption expenditures price index, rose by 1.4% in November 2020.

Patrick Leary, chief market strategist and senior trader at Incapital, said that in addition to more stimulus, which would be funded through borrowing, Treasury yields are also rising on optimism of a coronavirus vaccine and the release of pent-up demand later this year as social distancing mandates are eased or dropped entirely.

Fed far from a shift

Despite the recent rise, the 10-year yield remains at a historically low level. A 1.15% yield would be unlikely to impair growth nor impact Fed policy, Leary said.

"I don't think it is necessarily about a level that the Fed would consider shifting its bond purchases but more about the reason yields are rising, and what effect that rise is having on financial conditions and more specifically the stock market," Leary said. "If the stock market hangs in there, I don't expect the Fed to change from their current pace of bond purchases."

SNL Image

Financial conditions appear to be roughly the same as they were in mid-February, with the Chicago Fed's National Financial Conditions Index clocking in at -0.62. The weekly index measures risk, credit and leverage conditions in money markets, debt and equity markets and shadow banking systems. A negative value indicates that financial conditions are looser — borrowing and spending are easier — than average, while a positive value indicates tighter-than-average conditions. The index has fallen from a recent spike to 0.33 in early April, largely due to the Fed's accommodative monetary policies.

The Fed, in order to keep the economic recovery on track, needs to keep financial conditions loose, said Gennadiy Goldberg, senior U.S. rates strategist with TD Securities. An increase in real rates would signal tightening conditions and could draw a reaction from the Fed.

"There isn't an exact rubric on where the Fed would step into the market, but we think they would step in to prevent rates from rising excessively," he said. "If they rise too dramatically in a short span of time and if that increase is driven by expectations that the Fed would be less supportive to the US economy, we think the Fed would signal their displeasure and push back."

SNL Image

The 10-year real yield, which is adjusted for expected inflation, settled at -0.93% on Jan. 12, up 15 basis points in a week.

But Goldberg said it would like to take a 50-basis-point increase in real 10-year rates over several months to prompt a rethink of the Fed's policy stance.

"The Fed is keen to avoid repeating the Taper Tantrum of 2013, which set the recovery back significantly by prematurely tightening financial conditions," he said.

During a Jan. 8 presentation before the Council on Foreign Relations, Richard Clarida, the Fed's vice chairman, said he was "not concerned" about the 10-year yield's rise above 1%.

"The way that I look at the bond market and yields is: You have to try to understand why yields are moving up," Clarida said. "And if yields are moving up because people are more optimistic about growth, about a vaccine, are more confident, that we'll be able to achieve our two percent inflation objective, then that is not something that that that troubles me in the context of the overall picture."

Optimism about 2021 growth has also raised the prospects that the Fed could start to pull back the pace of its bond purchase program earlier than expected. The Fed is buying $80 billion in Treasurys and $40 billion in mortgage-backed securities each month.

Atlanta Fed President Raphael Bostic told Reuters on Jan. 4 that he hopes the central bank could "start to recalibrate" the program if the economy rebounds strongly later this year, a sentiment shared by a few other regional Fed presidents.

For his part, Clarida said his outlook suggests the Fed should keep the program as-is throughout the rest of the year. Fed Chairman Jerome Powell will also have a chance to push back on talk of an early tapering during a Jan. 14 appearance at Princeton University.

Crook with Mill Creek Capital said in spite of the potential spike in demand in the second half of this year and the likelihood of more fiscal stimulus from a Democratic Congress, unemployment remains well above full employment giving the Fed "plenty of breathing room" to keep rates near zero and its accommodative policy in place.

"I believe the mistakes of the last cycle loom large at the Fed, and they will be very cautious about restricting policy before it is absolutely necessary," Crook said.

 

 

Homework chapter 7 part II (due with the second mid-term exam):

1.     Based on Inverted yield curve” written by walden Siew, please answer the following questions.

·       What does inverted yield curve usually indicate to the market? Why?

·       What are the causes of the current inverted yield curve this time? 

·        What does an upward yield curve indicate? What can we learn from an steepening yield curve?

·       How to tell that the yield curve is inverted? (Hint: check the spread between 10 year Treasury bond yield and 2 year Treasury note yield)

 

Write a summary about the inverted yield curve learned from the three articles.

 

2.    Goto https://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/data-chart-center/interest-rates/pages/textview.aspx?data=yield

Based on the rates on Treasury securities provided by the Fed, draw a yield curve of any day in October 2021.

And discuss: the shape of the yield curve, its implication on future economy.

 

 

The Market Finally Has Its Inversion. Now What? (optional)

The latest move in the bond market is unlike anything investors have seen, and not in a good way.

By John Authers

August 15, 2019, 12:01 AM EDT

 

We have inversion.

The most widely watched part of the U.S. Treasury market’s yield curve has finally inverted. In early Wednesday trading, yields on 10-year notes briefly fell below those on two-year notes for the first time since 2007. Most of the human population will not care about this event. So two questions need answering: Should we care? And, if so, why should we care?

Historically, yield curve inversions have been reliable early indicators of a recession. This is particularly true of the spread between the 3-month bill rates and 10-year Treasury yields, in which all persistent inversions since 1960 have been followed by a recession:

Inverted Yield Curves Predict Recessions

An examination by Duke University professor Cam Harvey found that on average stocks underperform Treasury bills from the moment of inversion. Stocks often continue to rise after the yield curve first inverts, as stockbrokers have been keenly pointing out in the last 24 hours, but on average the moment of a yield curve inversion is a bad time to buy stocks. But we only have a sample of seven recessions to study, and the circumstances in all those inversions were slightly different. What was different about this one?

What is most notable this time is the drop in longer-dated bond yields, says Jim Bianco of Bianco Research. The 30-year Treasury yield hit an all-time low on Wednesday, and he finds that its recent decline is shocking in historic terms. (And note that a 10-day trading span takes us back exactly to the moment when President Donald Trump tweeted about new tariffs on China, escalating the trade war):

This is the 7th time in 35 years that 30-year yields have declined by such a large degree over a 10-day span.

·       Oct 1987 – The week after stock market crash

·       Jun 1989 – The week the Fed started easing (recession 13 months later)

·       Feb 2000 – Tech bubble (Mar 2000)

·       Nov 2001 – In recession

·       Dec 2008 – The depths of the Great Recession

·       Aug 2011 – The week after the U.S. lost its AAA rating and a 20% correction in the S&P 500

·       Aug 2019 – ???

All these instances occurred in the middle of great stress. The exception was Feb 2000, but the stress started a month later when the tech bubble peaked.

So this was a major and extreme event. The inversion only happened briefly amid thin volume before most American traders were at their desks, which is another reason that is being given to ignore the event, but it is plain in any sensible context that this was a very major market event. If the market is any use in helping us make predictions, it is certainly trying to tell us something.

The sharp drop in the 30-year yield brings us to another reason that is being cited to treat this inversion differently from its predecessors. This was, in the obscene-sounding vocabulary of the bond market, a “bull flattener.” Rest assured that no bulls were flattened by the bond market Wednesday. Instead, this means that this inversion came as a result of long-dated yields coming down (a bullish event if you own bonds when this happens), rather than because short-dated yields went up, which would be a “bear flattener.” As this chart shows, bear flatteners are more common. The explanation for this is that recessions usually come as the Federal Reserve raises short-term rates. This time, the Fed stopped tightening eight months ago, and rates have been heading down all year

Unlike other inversions, this one is driven by falling long yields

So if anything, this inversion does look different from its predecessors, but scarier.

Next, rates on their own are less significant than real rates, or those after inflation. Inflation expectations have tumbled in recent weeks, but not as fast as yields. As a result, real yields on 10-year Treasuries have dropped to zero for the first time since before election day in 2016:

Long-term yields have fallen far faster than inflation breakevens

Declines in real yields show specific anxiety about future growth among investors. And the last few months have seen a remarkable and coordinated drop in real yields around the world. This chart from Bank of New York Mellon illustrates this well:

relates to The Market Finally Has Its Inversion. Now What?

With the exception of Japan, marooned with low growth expectations for a generation, the tumble in real rates over the last three months has been severe.

Then we move to another problem with the other precedents, which is that they all, without exception, happened with rates at higher levels. There is no precedent for yields this low, and therefore there is no precedent for an inversion at such low rates. This is a caveat that has hung over the financial world for a decade. Many things look alarming and unsustainable, but we simply have no experience to say whether they can be sustained with rates this low.

The Federal Reserve Bank of New York has long published an indicator of the probability of a recession within the next 12 months, which is derived solely from the Treasury curve. The latest reading, from before the hectic trading of the last two weeks, showed a recession looking ever more likely. Indeed, if a recession is avoided, this will be the highest probability the indicator has signaled without a subsequent recession in more than 50 years:

Over time, the yield curve has beaten all other leading indicators of recession

 

So the Fed itself has found that the yield curve works better than any other single leading indicator from the real economy as a warning that a recession is coming. The New York Fed provides a good summary of the evidence for this here. And yet Janet Yellen, who stood down as chair of the Fed last year, said Wednesday that this yield curve inversion may not be as good a recession indicator as others. She said this on Fox Business Network:

“Historically, it has been a pretty good signal of recession, and I think that’s when markets pay attention to it, but I would really urge that on this occasion it may be a less good signal. The reason for that is there are a number of factors other than market expectations about the future path of interest rates that are pushing down long-term yields.”

It is true that much of the buying is for reasons other than expectations about the future path of interest rates. Falling yields make it harder for pension funds to guarantee an income. Many around the world are now obligated by regulators to buy bonds to be sure that they can meet their liabilities, which helps to create a vicious circle. Lower yields mean that the funds need to buy more bonds, which pushes down yields further, meaning that they need to buy still more bonds to generate the same interest income. Further, much of the current buying is part of a straight “carry trade,” as investors desperately try to find a positive yield somewhere.

But there are limits to how far this argument can go. The last inversion more than a decade ago took place against the background of what the then Fed chairman Alan Greenspan called a “conundrum,” which was that the Fed was raising short-term rates but long-term bonds yields fell nonetheless. The most popular explanation was that this was due to a “savings glut” outside the U.S. as countries led by China parked resources in Treasuries and kept their yields down. That yield curve inversion was followed by a big recession. The conundrum did not make it any less valid as a recession indicator.

Yellen’s arguments take us to the broader point that the financial economy – which has featured rising asset prices for a decade – seems thoroughly divorced from the real economy, which features large numbers of disgruntled people who are not earning as much as they used to do. This is true as far as it goes, but ignores the concept coined by George Soros of reflexivity. By this, he meant that markets do not merely attempt to reflect economic reality, but they also can affect that economic reality. If bond yields fall sharply, then financial conditions are eased, for example. Markets can force central banks’ hands.

And, unfortunately, an inverted yield curve has real world effects however it came to be inverted. Banks make their money by borrowing for the short-term from depositors and lending at higher rates for the longer term. When those rates invert (or merely flatten), it becomes far harder for them to make profits. They have less incentive to lend, and they have less capital with which to withstand any risks. The inverted yield curve has quite rationally spurred a tumble for bank stocks in the U.S. and particularly in the euro zone. Banks are arguably less important to the U.S. economy than they were a generation ago; they are still central to the European economy, and further problems for European banks will create problems for the U.S.

That leads to yet another argument to ignore this latest yield curve inversion: that the pressure on the U.S. market at this point is largely from beyond American shores. Europe is in the midst of a deflation scare, and investors there are rushing to get yield wherever they can – which means buying Treasuries. There are no good precedents for international economic conditions bringing the U.S. into recession (give or take the oil embargoes of the 1970s).

Again, this makes sense but only to a point. Post-globalization, it is far harder for the U.S. to ignore events elsewhere in the world. The dollar is a critical point of pressure. If its economy remains strong, its currency will be bid up and that will dent American companies’ profits and render American exporters less competitive. And at present, the differential between the yields available in the U.S. and Europe is so wide that it puts huge upward pressure on the dollar, something that Trump wants to avoid. This chart shows the spread of U.S. over German 10-year yields over the last 10 years. Even after the dramatic drop in Treasury yields of the last few days, it shows that there is still strong upward pressure on the dollar:

Yield differentials between the U.S. and Germany remain historically high

This pressure is not going to go away because German growth is terrible. The latest numbers, which certainly contributed to the carnage in the Treasury market on Wednesday, show that annual GDP growth had dropped to zero. The gap between the growth of the two economies is widening. And Germany is a big exporter, which stands to be hurt more than the U.S. by any fallout from a U.S.-China trade war, so the prospects are for further upward pressure on the dollar:

For the first time since 2013, German economic growth peters out

So it would be unwise to assume that the U.S. can ignore these events just because they are generated outside the country. Unless it wishes to withdraw from the global economy (which would be a bad idea), it is exposed to the global economy. Further, there is the issue that the U.S. has benefited in recent years from that exposure. China was critical in allowing the rest of the world to escape from the recession that followed the Global Financial Crisis. The huge stimulus it announced in late 2008, in the form of extra loans, fired up the global economy. A the beginning of this year, investors’ working assumption that another big stimulus was on the way from China, to avert the risk of slowing. But the data that came out just before the bond market swoon showed almost the opposite. If we look at a 12-month average (to avoid the distorting effects caused by China’s shutdown for the lunar new year), we see that new loan growth is actually slowing. This is nothing at all like the huge stimulus of 2009:

Contrary to expectation, Chinese loan growth is declining

This leaves one final objection, which is that bond markets can get it wrong. This is true. I myself argued in this space only a few days ago that bonds were in a classic investment bubble. But, unfortunately, the real and financial economies cannot ignore each other. Overshooting in the bond market has real effects on the real economy, which are likely to be negative.

Does all of this prove that a recession is inevitable? No, nothing can do that. But it would be wise to take this yield curve inversion seriously, and act on the assumption that the chances of a recession have greatly increased. We should care about the inversion, and we should care because it will affect the world we live in.

Silver lining for real estate developers.

Few benefit from these events, but real estate stocks are an exception. Oddly, real estate stocks have performed very poorly since a real estate developer reached the White House. But real estate investment trusts do pay out a regular dividend from rents, and this makes them very popular when rates are falling. Meanwhile banks are hammered by the flattening yield curve. And so, for the first time in the Trump presidency, REITs are outperforming banks:

REITs have now outperformed banks since election day in 2016

 

Chapter 5 Diversification  Part I Diversification, S&P500 Index

 

ppt

 

Investing in the S&P 500 (video)

 

 

“Members of a Yale class entering their prime giving years had decided to set up a private fund, manage the money themselves, and give it to the University 25 years later. The worrisome part for Yale was that it would have no control over the fund, which was going to be invested in high-risk securities. What if all the money was blown by these “amateurs"? And what if the scheme siphoned off other potential donations?

Happily, everything turned out for the best. Despite Yale’s initial efforts to discourage the Class of 1954 from its plan, the class persisted. And last October, its leaders announced that their original collective investment of $380,000 had grown to $70 million, earning unalloyed gratitude from the University and the right to name two new Science Hill buildings after their class.” ----- What is your opinion? Apple is one of the stocks in their portfolio. So shall you pick stocks individually or buy S&P500?

Shall you diversify or not? Let’s compare AAPL with S&P500.

Stock  returns from 1995-2015 - Apple and S&P 500

image017.jpg

image018.jpg

image019.jpg

 

Regress Apple’s Return on S&P500’s

image020.jpg

Apple and S&P500’s Stand Deviation Comparison

image021.jpg

Questions for class discussion:

·         Which one is better, the S&P500 or Apple? In the past? About the future?

·         Which one is riskier and which one’s return is higher?

·         Are you tempted to invest in APPLE or SP500?

·         How to find the next Apple?

·         How much is the weight of Apple in S&P500? For example, you have a total of $1,000 to invest in SP500, how much you have invested in apple?

·         How are the weights in the following table calculated? (please refer to the following paper)

 

=========================================================================

https://www.slickcharts.com/sp500

 

For class discussion:

·      Based on the above information, what is your conclusion?

·      When you invest in S&P500, how is the fund allocated?

 

 

 

Ticker

Company Name

6/30/2019

12/31/2018

12/31/2017

12/31/2016

12/31/2015

12/31/2014

MSFT

Microsoft Corp.

4.20%

3.73%

2.89%

2.51%

2.48%

2.10%

AAPL

Apple Inc.

3.54%

3.38%

3.81%

3.21%

3.28%

3.55%

AMZN

Amazon.com Inc.

3.20%

2.93%

2.05%

1.54%

1.45%

0.65%

FB

Facebook Inc.

1.90%

1.50%

1.85%

1.40%

1.33%

0.72%

BRK.B

Berkshire Hathaway Inc

1.69%

1.89%

1.67%

1.61%

1.38%

1.51%

JNJ

Johnson & Johnson

1.51%

1.65%

1.65%

1.63%

1.59%

1.61%

GOOG

Alphabet Inc. Class C

1.36%

1.52%

1.39%

1.19%

1.26%

0.85%

GOOGL

Alphabet Inc. Class A

1.33%

1.49%

1.38%

1.22%

1.27%

0.84%

XOM

Exxon Mobil Corp.

1.33%

1.37%

1.55%

1.94%

1.81%

2.16%

JPM

JPMorgan Chase & Co.

1.48%

1.54%

1.63%

1.60%

1.36%

1.29%

V

Visa Inc.

1.23%

1.10%

0.91%

0.76%

0.84%

0.56%

PG

Procter & Gamble Co

1.13%

1.09%

1.03%

1.17%

1.21%

1.36%

BAC

Bank of America Corp.

1.05%

1.07%

1.26%

1.16%

0.98%

1.04%

VZ

Verizon Communications Inc

0.97%

1.11%

0.95%

1.13%

1.05%

1.07%

INTC

Intel Corp.

0.88%

1.02%

0.95%

0.89%

0.91%

0.95%

CSCO

Cisco Systems Inc

0.96%

0.93%

0.83%

0.79%

0.77%

0.78%

UNH

UnitedHealth Group Inc

0.95%

1.14%

0.94%

0.79%

0.63%

0.53%

PFE

Pfizer Inc.

0.98%

1.20%

0.95%

1.02%

1.11%

1.08%

CVX

Chevron Corp.

0.97%

0.99%

1.04%

1.15%

0.95%

1.17%

T

AT&T Inc.

1.00%

0.99%

1.05%

1.36%

1.18%

0.96%

HD

Home Depot Inc

0.94%

0.92%

0.97%

0.85%

0.94%

0.76%

MRK

Merck & Co Inc

0.88%

0.95%

0.67%

0.84%

0.82%

0.89%

MA

Mastercard Inc.

0.97%

0.82%

0.62%

0.51%

0.54%

0.45%

BA

Boeing Co.

0.78%

0.81%

0.72%

0.46%

0.51%

0.48%

WFC

Wells Fargo & Co

0.78%

0.93%

1.18%

1.29%

1.41%

1.43%

http://siblisresearch.com/data/weights-sp-500-companies/

 

What Is the Weighting of the S&P 500? --- Understanding the Sectors and Market Caps in the Index

 BY TIM LEMKE

REVIEWED BY DORETHA CLEMON on June 18, 2021

https://www.thebalance.com/what-is-the-sector-weighting-of-the-s-and-p-500-4579847

 

If you’ve ever dipped so much as a toe into investing, you’ve probably heard about the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index.

 

The S&P 500 is the most common index used to track the performance of the U.S. stock market. It is based on the stock prices of 500 of the largest companies that trade on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ.

 

The S&P 500 is often hailed as a representation of the entire U.S. stock market and American business as a whole, but that is not entirely accurate. While it does give you exposure to a broad swath of the economy, it is heavily weighted toward specific market capitalizations, sectors, and industries, which is important to know if you are seeking to build a diversified equity portfolio.

 

S&P 500 Market Capitalizations

By design, the S&P 500 includes only large companies. Only the biggest companies with massive market capitalizations ($9.8 billion or more) are included-think of large firms such as Apple, Microsoft, Amazon.com, Facebook, and Alphabet, the parent company of Google. One could argue that the S&P 500 is 100% weighted toward large-cap firms, though many of the biggest firms would technically be considered mega-cap.

 

It's important for investors to know that while investing in the S&P 500 can give great returns, they may be missing out on returns from medium-sized and small companies. Those who are looking for exposure to smaller firms should consider investments that track the S&P 400, consisting of the top mid-cap companies, or the Russell 2000, which features mostly smaller companies.

 

Those who are looking for exposure to smaller firms should consider investments that track the S&P 400, consisting of the top mid-cap companies, or the Russell 2000, which features mostly smaller companies.

 

S&P 500 Sector and Industry Weighting

Any attempt to diversify your stock portfolio should include some attempt at diversification according to sector and industry. In fact, some investment strategies suggest a perfect balance of sectors, because any sector can be the best-performing group in any given year.

 

In recent years, certain sectors and industries have performed better than others, and that is now reflected in the makeup of the S&P 500. It also means that many sectors won't be as represented in the index.

 

As of December 22, 2020, the breakdown of sectors in the S&P 500 was as follows, according to State Street Advisors (the creator of the SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust, an exchange-traded fund that seeks to track the performance of the S&P 500):

 

Information technology: 27.60%

Health care: 13.44%

Consumer discretionary: 12.70%

Communication services: 10.79%

Financials: 10.34%

Industrials: 8.47%

Consumer staples: 6.55%

Utilities: 2.73%

Materials: 2.64%

Real estate: 2.41%

Energy: 2.33%

 

As you can see, the S&P is heavily weighted toward tech, health care, and consumer discretionary stocks. Meanwhile, there aren't as many utilities, real estate companies, or firms involved in producing and selling raw materials.

 

This weighting has changed greatly over the years. Look back 25 years, and you’ll likely see far fewer tech companies and more emphasis on consumer discretionary and communications companies. Go back 50 years, and the mix will look even more different.

 

Why It Matters

The weighting of the S&P 500 should be important to you, because the index is not always a representation of the types of companies performing the best in any given year. For example, while consumer discretionary may have been the top-performing sector in 2015, it ranked third in 2017 and seventh in 2019. The communications services sector was last in performance in 2017 but had ranked second just one year earlier. The financials sector was dead last in 2007 and 2008, in the midst of the financial crisis, but it claimed the top spot in 2012 and performed third-best in 2019.4

 

Predicting which sectors will perform best in any given year is very difficult, which is why diversification is key.

 

How To Supplement the S&P 500

Investing in the S&P 500 through a low-cost index fund can provide a very strong base for most stock portfolios. But to get broad diversification among market caps and sectors, it may help to expand your reach.

 

Fortunately, there are mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (ETFs) that provide exposure to whatever you may be seeking. An investor who is looking to boost their portfolio by purchasing small-cap stocks can buy shares of an index fund designed to mirror the Russell 2000. If you want to invest more in financial stocks, you can access funds comprising a wide range of banks and financial services firms.

 

There are also mutual funds and ETFs that offer broad exposure to the entire stock market, including all market caps and sectors. Vanguard’s Total Stock Market ETF and the S&P Total Stock Market ETF from iShares are two popular examples.

 

 

How to Calculate the Weights of Stocks

The weights of your stocks can play a big role in your investment strategy. Here's how to calculate them.

Calculating the weights of stocks you own can be useful to your investment strategy. For example, if your investment goal is to allocate no more than 15% of your portfolio to any single stock, determining the weights of the stocks in your portfolio can tell you whether or not you need to make any changes. Here's how to calculate the weights of stocks, what this information means to you, and an example of how you can use this.

Calculating the weights of stocks
Basically, to determine the weights of each of your stocks, you'll need two pieces of information. First, you'll need the cash values of each of the individual stocks you want to find the weight of.

You'll also need your total portfolio value. If you want to determine the weights of your stock portfolio, simply add up the cash value of all of your stock positions. If you want to calculate the weights of your stocks as a portion of your entire portfolio, take your entire account's value – including stocks, bonds, cash, and any other investments.

The calculation is simple enough. Simply divide each of your stock position's cash value by your total portfolio value, and then multiply by 100 to convert to a percentage.

https://g.foolcdn.com/image/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fg.foolcdn.com%2Feditorial%2Fimages%2F198140%2Fweights.png&w=700&op=resize

What the weights tell you
These weights tell you how dependent your portfolio's performance is on each of your individual stocks. For example, your portfolio's day-to-day fluctuations will depend much more on a stock that makes up 20% of the total than one that only makes up 5%.

So, when your heavily weighted stocks do well, your portfolio can go up quickly. For example, if a stock with a 20% weight in a $50,000 portfolio doubles, it would mean a $10,000 gain. On the other hand, if a stock only makes up 2% of your portfolio, your gain would only be $1,000, even though the stock itself was a home run.

Conversely, heavily weighted stocks can drag your portfolio down during tough times, while lower-weighted stocks will have a smaller effect.

Examining your portfolio: An example
Let's say that you own the following stock investments: $2,000 of Microsoft, $3,000 of Wal-Mart, $2,500 of Wells Fargo, and $4,000 of Johnson & Johnson. A quick calculation shows that your total portfolio value is $11,500, and using the formula mentioned earlier, you can calculate the weights of each of your four stocks:

Stock

Cash Value

Weight

Microsoft

$2,000

17.4%

Wal-Mart

$3,000

26.1%

Wells Fargo

$2,500

21.7%

Johnson & Johnson

$4,000

34.8%

In this example, Johnson & Johnson carries twice the weight of Microsoft; therefore, a big move in J&J will have double the effect on your overall portfolio than the same move in Microsoft would.

 

 

 

 

 

HW chapter 5 -1 (Due with the second mid-term exam)

1         Calculate the monthly stock return and risk of Apple and SP500 in the past five years. And draw a conclusion regarding the tradeoff between risk and return.

Steps:

From finance.yahoo.com, collect stock prices of the above firms, in the past five years 

Steps:

·        Goto finance.yahoo.com, search for the companies (Apple and S&P500, repectively)

·        Click on “Historical prices” in the left column on the top and choose monthly stock prices.

·        Change the starting date and ending date to “Oct 19th, 2016” and “Oct 19th, 2021”, respectively.

·        Download it to Excel

·        Delete all inputs, except “adj close” – this is the closing price adjusted for dividend.

  Evaluate the performance of each stock:

·        Calculate the monthly stock returns.

·        Calculate the average return

·        Calculate standard deviation as a proxy for risk

 

Please use the following excel file as reference. 

FYI Excel (or template) (From Oct 2016 – Sept 2021)

 

2.      Calculate the most recent weight of Apple in SP500. Also calculate the weight of GOOGLE, Amazon, Netflix.

Hint:  please use  40.3 trillion (40,300,000,000,000) as of August 31, 2021 for SP500 market cap. The website for this information is here: http://siblisresearch.com/data/total-market-cap-sp-500.   

3.     Compare the above top 8 best and worst stocks  in 2020 and give it a try to summarizes about the similarities among stocks in each group, such as location, industry sector, etc. if you can find any.

 

 

Chapter 5 Part II – Mutual Funds and ETF

Mutual fund  ppt

Want to improve your personal finances? Start by taking this quiz to get an idea of your investment risk tolerance – one of the fundamental issues to consider when planning your investment strategy, either alone or in consultation with a financial services professional. 

 

 Investment risk tolerant test

 

Discussion: Based on your risk tolerant score, which of the follow shall you choose? Why?

 

 

 

Example: Optimally diversified portfolio

1.             

3.      image023.jpg

 

 

For class discussion:

1.    What is value stock? Example?  What is a Value Stock - Value Investing (youtube)

2.     What is small cap value? Example? Large cap?

Small Cap Stocks vs Large Cap Stocks - Which are Better Investments

3.     Shall we consider bond for diversification purpose?

4.     Shall we include international stocks to establish a diversified portfolio?

5.      What benefits can be gained from diversification with bond and international stocks?

How Diversification Works (youtube)

 

 

 image024.jpg

 

 

Mutual fund vs. ETF (Exchange Traded Fund)

Discussion: What is the difference between the two? Pro and con of each?

What is ETF? (Video)

Mutual Funds vs. ETFs - Which Is Right for You? (Video)

 

image022.jpg

 

 

For discussion:

What one of the above funds is the most favorite one to you? Why?

 

 

image025.jpg

For class discussion:

1.                   How to tell the risk level based on standard deviation shown in step 1?

2.                   What is the difference between rewarded risk and unrewarded risk? Example?

3.                   Write down the CAPM model.

4.                   Among the four models shown in step 3, which one is the best?

 

ETF trading (Video)

Dark Side of ETFs CNBC (Video)

ETF Investing Strategies (Video)

 

For class discussion:

What is ETF?

What is the pro and cons to invest in ETF?

Examples of ETF?

 

 

Examples of ETF: Powershares (QQQ) – NASDAQ 100 Index (Large-cap growth stocks)

 

Understanding QQQE: Nasdaq-100 Equal Weighted Index Shares ETF (Video)

 

For class discussion:

When we compare QQQ with S&P500, which one is better in terms of performance in the past ten years?

Which one is riskier? Why?

 

 QQQ is rebalanced quarterly and reconstituted annually

Average Volume: 36.1 million

Expenses: 0.20%

12-Month Yield: 1.00%

Sector Weightings (top 5):

Information Technology 54.47%; Healthcare 14.62%; Consumer Cyclical: 13.26%; Consumer Defensive: 6.89%; Communication Services: 6.62%

Market-Cap Allocations:

Large-cap growth: 62.86%; large-cap blend: 20.53%; large-cap value: 7.38%; mid-cap growth: 4.57%; mid-cap blend: 2.98%; mid-cap value: 1.69%

Top 5 Holdings:

Apple Inc. (AAPL): 14.53%

Microsoft Corp. (MSFT): 6.79%

Google Inc. (GOOG): 3.80%

Facebook Inc. (FB): 3.73%

Amazon.com, Inc. (AMZN): 3.73%

Performance:

1-Year: 21.63%

3-Year: 17.10%

5-Year: 18.29%

10-Year: 12.07%

15-Year: -0.19%

Dividend yield

       0.74% dividend on yearly basis

https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/061715/what-qqq-etf.asp



ETF Battles: QQQ Vs. SPY, Who Wins?

https://seekingalpha.com/instablog/18416022-etfguide/5418872-etf-battles-qqq-vs-spy-who-wins

 

Mar. 10, 2020 7:38 PM ETInvesco QQQ ETF (QQQ), SPY

This is an excerpt from the video titled, ETF Battles: QQQ vs. SPY with Ron DeLegge at ETF guide.

During normal markets, daily trading volume for QQQ averages around 75 million shares while SPY averages 173 million shares.

During the latest market correction, daily volume skyrocketed to record levels with QQQ topping 149,247,100 shares traded in a single session while SPY booked 385,764,000 shares. (Both trading volume peaks occurred on Feb. 28, 2020)

Cost

The first category for comparing QQQ vs. SPY is cost. Who wins? SPY charges annual expenses of just 0.09% compared to 0.20% for QQQ. Put another way, QQQ is more than double the cost of SPY! While SPY isn't necessarily the cheapest S&P 500 ETF, compared to QQQ it's a bargain. Bid ask spreads are another element of an ETF costs. And ETFs with tight bid ask spreads reduce the frictional trading costs associated with buying and selling funds. In this regard, QQQ and SPY are evenly matched with both funds having very narrow bid ask spreads that hover around 0.01%.

Dividends

First, both funds distribute dividends from their equity holdings every quarter. SPY has a 12-month trailing yield of 1.90% while QQQ is at 0.77%. Clearly, SPY wins but there's more behind the reason why. SPY, unlike QQQ, contains significant exposure to key dividend paying industry sectors like financials, real estate, and utilities. On the other hand, QQQ is overweight technology (63.91% of its portfolio is committed to this sector at the time of publication) and the tech sector is a historically low dividend yielding industry group. SPY beats QQQ by having a higher dividend. Also the fact that SPY obtains its dividends across a far more diversified base of 11 industry groups compared to the technology heavy QQQ makes it a winner.

Diversification

Almost 65% of QQQ's sector exposure is to technology companies, which isn't very diversified at all and if you blindfolded me and asked me to guess what type of ETF that QQQ is, I would immediately describe it as an industry sector fund. In contrast, SPY beats QQQ on diversification because not only does it have more stocks - 500 - but the stocks it owns are scattered across 11 different industry groups which include technology along with a whole bunch of other important industry sectors like healthcare, materials, and industrials.

Performance

Excluding dividends, QQQ has gained around 20% over the past year while SPY has gained around 7%. So QQQ wins the short-term performance race. What about longer time frames? QQQ outperformed SPY over the past 10 and 15 year period too. But if we go back 20 years, SPY wins because it gained around 197% not including dividends while QQQ gained just 101%. At the end of the day, QQQ's lights out performance during the past 1, 10, and 15 years is largely due to its concentrated portfolio in technology. SPY's less concentrated exposure to tech during this time frame resulted in a lower return. Nevertheless, over 20 years SPY did manage to outperform  QQQ by a not so small 96%. This is a split decision with QQQ winning the shorter term performance race while SPY wins the longer-term race.

Final Winner of ETF Battles

Who wins the ETF battle between QQQ vs. SPY? The final winner of today's hard fought battle between QQQ and SPY is...the SPDR S&P 500 ETF (SPY). It's got lower cost, better diversification, a higher dividend yield, and better long-term performance.

 

 

How to tell the performance of a fund?

Discussion:  Return only? The higher the better? Or alpha?

 

Alpha, often considered the active return on an investment, gauges the performance of an investment against a market index used as a benchmark, since they are often considered to represent the markets movement as a whole. The excess returns of a fund relative to the return of a benchmark index is the fund's alpha.

Alpha is most often used for mutual funds and other similar investment types. It is often represented as a single number (like 3 or -5), but this refers to a percentage measuring how the portfolio or fund performed compared to the benchmark index (i.e. 3% better or 5% worse).

Alpha is often used with beta, which measures volatility or risk, and is also often referred to as excess return or abnormal rate of return. (Investorpedia)  

 

What is alpha? video

 

 

 

Bond mutual fund

What Type of Bond Funds Do You Need? (youtube)

 

Bond Fund  https://www.investopedia.com/terms/b/bondfund.asp

By ADAM HAYES Updated June 30, 2021

 

What Is a Bond Fund?

A bond fund, also referred to as a debt fund, is a pooled investment vehicle that invests primarily in bonds (government, municipal, corporate, convertible) and other debt instruments, such as mortgage-backed securities (MBS). The primary goal of a bond fund is often that of generating monthly income for investors.

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

·       A bond fund invests primarily in a portfolio of fixed-income securities.

·       Bond funds provide instant diversification for investors for a low required minimum investment.

·       Due to the inverse relationship between interest rates and bond prices, a long-term bond has greater interest rate risk than a short-term bond.

·       Understanding Bond Funds

·       A bond fund is simply a mutual fund that invests solely in bonds. For many investors, a bond fund is a more efficient way of investing in bonds than buying individual bond securities. Unlike individual bond securities, bond funds do not have a maturity date for the repayment of principal, so the principal amount invested may fluctuate from time to time.

 

Additionally, investors indirectly participate in the interest paid by the underlying bond securities held in the mutual fund. Interest payments are made monthly and reflect the mix of all the different bonds in the fund, which means that the interest income distribution will vary monthly.

An investor who invests in a bond fund is putting their money into a pool managed by a portfolio manager. Typically, a bond fund manager buys and sells according to market conditions and rarely holds bonds until maturity.

 

Types of Bond Funds

Most bond funds are comprised of a certain type of bond, such as corporate or government bonds, and are further defined by time period to maturity, such as short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term.

Some bond funds include only the safest of bonds, such as government bonds. Investors should note that U.S. government bonds are considered to be of the highest credit quality and are not subject to ratings. In effect, bond funds that specialize in U.S. Treasury securities, including Treasury inflation-protected securities (TIPS), are the safest but offer the lowest potential return.

Other funds invest in only the riskiest category of bondshigh-yield or junk bonds. Bond funds that invest in more volatile types of bonds tend to offer higher potential returns.

There are also bond funds that have a mix of the different types of bonds in order to create multi-asset class options. For investors interested in bonds, a Morningstar bond style box can be used to sort out the investing options available for bond funds. The types of bond funds available include: US government bond funds; municipal bond funds; corporate bond funds; mortgage-backed securities (MBS) funds; high-yield bond funds; emerging market bond funds; and global bond funds.

Mutual funds have been investing in bonds for many years. Some of the oldest balanced funds, which include allocations to both stock and bonds, date back to the late 1920s.

 

Bond Fund Benefits

Bond funds are attractive investment options as they are usually easier for investors to participate in than purchasing the individual bond instruments that make up the bond portfolio. By investing in a bond fund, an investor need only pay the annual expense ratio that covers marketing, administrative and professional management fees. The alternative is to purchase multiple bonds separately and deal with the transaction costs associated with each of them.

Bond funds provide instant diversification for investors for a low required minimum investment. Since a fund usually has a pool of different bonds of varying maturities, the impact of any single bonds performance is lessened if that issuer should fail to pay interest or principal.

Another benefit of a bond fund is that it provides access to professional portfolio managers who have the expertise to research and analyze the creditworthiness of bond issuers and market conditions before buying into or selling out of the fund. For example, a fund manager may replace bonds when the issuer's credit is downgraded or when the issuer "calls," or pays off the bond before the maturity date.

Special Considerations

Bond funds can be sold at any time for their current market net asset value (NAV), which may result in a capital gain or loss. Individual bonds can be harder to unload.

From a tax perspective, some investors in higher tax brackets may find that they have a higher after-tax yield from a tax-free municipal bond fund investment instead of a taxable bond fund investment.

Due to the inverse relationship between interest rates and bond prices, a long-term bond carries greater interest rate risk than a short-term bond. Therefore, the NAV of bond funds with longer-term maturities will be impacted greatly by changes in interest rates. This, in turn, will affect how much interest income the fund can distribute to its participants monthly.

 

Bond ETFs

 

Bond ETFs have been around for less time than bond mutual funds, with iShares launching the first bond ETF fund in 2002. Most of these offerings seek to replicate various bond indices, although a growing number of actively managed products are also available.

 

ETFs often have lower fees than their mutual fund counterparts, potentially making them the more attractive choice to some investors, all else being equal. Like stocks, ETFs trade throughout the day. The prices for shares can fluctuate moment by moment and may vary quite a bit over the course of trading.

Bond ETFs operate much like closed-end funds, in that they are purchased through a brokerage account rather than directly from a fund company. Likewise, when an investor wishes to sell, ETFs must be traded on the open market. A buyer must be found because the fund company will not purchase the shares as they would for open-ended mutual funds.

 

 

HW chapter 5 -2  (Due with the second mid-term exam)

1.    Work on this investment risk tolerance test and report your score. Make a self-evaluation about yourself in terms of your risk tolerance level. Based on your risk level, set up a investment strategy! Please provide a rationale.

2.    Compare ETF with mutual fund

3.    Compare QQQ with SPY

4.    What is Alpha? What is Beta? What is CAPM?

 

 

  What Apple’s Stock Split Means for You

·                     By STEVEN RUSSOLILLO

 

 WHAT IF APPLE NEVER SPLIT ITS STOCK? Apple has now split its stock four times throughout its history. It previously conducted 2-for-1 splits on three separate occasions: February 2005, June 2000 and June 1987. According to some back-of-the-envelop math by S&P’s Howard Silverblatt, if Apple never split its stock, you’d have eight shares for each original one prior to the most recent split. So Friday’s $645.57 closing level would translate to $5164.56 unadjusted for splits.

No Here are five things you need to know about Apple’s stock split.

WHO DOES THE STOCK SPLIT IMPACT? Investors who owned Apple shares as of June 2 qualify for the stock split, meaning they get six additional shares for every share held. So if an investor held one Apple share, that person would now hold a total of seven shares. Apple also previously paid a dividend of $3.29, which now translates into a new quarterly dividend of $0.47 per share.

WHY IS APPLE DOING THIS? The iPhone and iPad maker says it is trying to attract a wider audience. “We’re taking this action to make Apple stock more accessible to a larger number of investors,” Apple CEO Tim Cook   said in April. But the comment also marked an about-face from two years earlier. At Apple’s shareholder meeting in February 2012, Mr. Cook said he didn’t see the point of splitting his company’s stock, noting such a move does “nothing” for shareholders.

WILL APPLE GET ADDED TO THE DOW? It’s unclear at the moment, although a smaller stock price certainly makes Apple a more attractive candidate to get added to blue-chip Dow. Apple, the bigge, your screens aren’t lying to you. Shares of Apple Inc. now trade under $100, a development that hasn’t happened in years.

Apple’s unorthodox 7-for-1 stock split, announced at the end of April, has finally arrived. The stock started trading on a split-adjusted basis Monday morning, and recently rose 1% to $93.14.

In a stock split, a company increases the number of shares outstanding while lowering the price accordingly. Splits don’t change anything fundamentally about a company or its valuation, but they tend to make a company’s stock more attractive to mom-and-pop investors. Apple shares rallied 23% from late April, when the company announced the split in conjunction with a strong quarterly report, through Friday.

A poll conducted by our colleagues at MarketWatch found 50% of respondents said they would buy Apple shares after the split. Some 31% said they already owned the stock and 19% said they wouldn’t buy it. The survey received more than 20,000 responses.

st U.S. company by market capitalization, has never been part of the historic 30-stock index, a factor that many observers attributed to its high stock price. The Dow is a price-weighted measure, meaning the bigger the stock price, the larger the sway for a particular component. That is different from indexes such as the S&P 500, which are weighted by market caps (each company’s stock price multiplied by shares outstanding).

WILL APPLE KEEP RALLYING? Since the financial crisis, companies that have split their stocks have struggled in the short term and outperformed the broad market over a longer time horizon. Since 2010, 57 companies in the S&P 500 have split their shares. Those stocks have averaged a 0.2% gain the day they started trading on a split-adjusted basis, according to New York research firm Strategas Research Partners. A month later, they have risen just 0.5%. But longer term, the average gains are more pronounced. Since 2010, these stocks have averaged a 5.4% increase three months after a split and a 28% surge one year later, Strategas says.

 

WHAT IF APPLE NEVER SPLIT ITS STOCK? Apple has now split its stock four times throughout its history. It previously conducted 2-for-1 splits on three separate occasions: February 2005, June 2000 and June 1987. According to some back-of-the-envelop math by S&P’s Howard Silverblatt, if Apple never split its stock, you’d have eight shares for each original one prior to the most recent split. So Friday’s $645.57 closing level would translate to $5164.56 unadjusted for splits.

 

For class discussion:

Why Apple needs to do so? Is that necessary? Why Google does not follow Apple and make its stock price cheaper and affordable?

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual Funds, ETFs Nab $20.77 Billion for Week Ended Oct. 18, Biggest Since June

Oct. 25, 2017, at 5:27 p.m.

NEW YORK (Reuters) - Total estimated inflows to long-term mutual funds and exchange-traded funds (ETFs) were $20.77 billion for the week ended Oct. 18, the biggest attraction of cash since mid-June, as investors put money to work at the start of the fourth quarter against the backdrop of rising global equity markets, the Investment Company Institute reported Wednesday.

Estimated mutual fund inflows were $3.91 billion while estimated net issuance for ETFs was $16.86 billion. Equity funds had estimated inflows of $12.61 billion for the week, compared to estimated inflows of $3.41 billion in the previous week.

Domestic equity funds had estimated inflows of $6.97 billion, and world equity funds had estimated inflows of $5.64 billion. Jim Paulsen, chief investment strategist at The Leuthold Group, said investors face a difficult asset allocation decision as 2017 comes to a close.

"Should you stay invested for further gains in the stock market yet this year, or should you begin to get more defensive considering economic surprise momentum is likely to fade early next year?" Paulsen asked. "Our best guess is the stock market will trend higher through year-end but may struggle during the first half of next year."

So far this year, the Standard & Poor 500 Index has posted returns of over 14 percent while the Hang Seng Indexes Co has posted returns of 28.65 percent.

The ferocious appetite for income has also pushed investors into bond funds despite falling yield levels.

Bond funds had estimated inflows of $9.31 billion for the week, compared to estimated inflows of $9.14 billion during the previous week. Taxable bond funds saw estimated inflows of $8.38 billion, and municipal bond funds had estimated inflows of $931 million.

Commodity funds, which are ETFs that invest primarily in commodities, currencies, and futures, had estimated outflows of $428 million for the week, compared to estimated inflows of $265 million in the previous week.

 

For discussion: People are no aware of the market turmoil. Can you believe it? Are we all rational investors?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The big mistake mutual-fund investors make

Published: Apr 21, 2017 4:04 a.m. ET

 

 11By  PAULA. MERRIMAN

 

  

You have probably heard about what's known as the DALBAR effect. It's the fact that, as a group, mutual-fund investors underperform the funds in which they invest.

Quick background: The reason for this effect, amply documented over nearly a quarter-century by a Boston research firm, is investors' behavior.

In short, mutual fund shareholders tend to buy and sell based on their emotional reactions to bull markets and bear markets, real or expected. Their timing is usually wrong, and in the end they would have done better by buying and holding.

 

OK, here's the bad news: If you're average, chances are you will underperform the funds that you own.

But here's the good news: I've discovered a group of investors who are apparently doing just the opposite: They are outperforming the funds they own.

To understand how that's possible, you'll need to bear with me as I walk through some steps. For your patience, you will be rewarded at the end with my suggestion for how you too may be able to perform what seems to be a minor financial miracle.

I first discovered this anomaly while I was comparing target-date retirement funds offered by Fidelity and Vanguard.

What I found is more than just coincidence: It appears in the latest 10-year performance results in four pairs of retirement funds — those with target dates of 2020, 2030, 2040 and 2050.

Let's take the Vanguard and Fidelity 2020 funds as examples. The numbers are clear on two points.

·                     The Vanguard fund has higher returns.

·                     While investors in the Fidelity fund (consistent with the DALBAR effect noted above), achieved lower returns than those of the fund itself, investors in Vanguard's 2020 fund achieved higher results than the fund.

Here are the numbers:

For the 10 years ended March 31, 2017, the Fidelity 2020 Freedom Fund FFFDX  compounded at 4.47%, while investor returns (provided by Morningstar Inc.) were only 3.13%. The Vanguard Target Retirement 2020 Fund VTWNX compounded at 5.23%, and investor returns were 6.53%.

How is it possible to have such a large additional return?

The Vanguard fund return is based on the assumption of a lump-sum initial investment made at the end of March 2007 with no further additions or withdrawals other than reinvestment of dividends.

The investor return tracks the dollars that investors as a group actually invested, and when they invested them. (I'll come back to that point in a moment.)

Here are the comparable results for three other pairs of target-date funds.

2030: Fidelity FFFEX  grew at 4.66%; investor returns were only 3.53%. Vanguard VTHRX   grew at 5.31%; investor returns were 7.58%.

2040: Fidelity FFFFX     grew at 4.78%; investor returns were only 4.17%. Vanguard VFORX, -0.40%   grew at 5.69%; investor returns were 8.49%.

2050: Fidelity FFFHX, -0.41%   grew at 4.61%; investor returns were 6.92%. (No, that's not a typo; stay tuned.) Vanguard VFIFX, -0.39%   grew at 5.71%; investor returns were 8.70%.

In every case, the Vanguard funds achieved higher performance. That's not hard to explain: Fidelity's funds charge higher expenses, hold more cash, use active management and have much higher turnover.

But those things don't explain how investors in five of these eight funds did the seemingly impossible: outperformed the funds in which they invested.

I think the answer is to be found in investor behavior.

Target-date fund shareholders are typically setting money aside methodically for their eventual retirement through regular withdrawals from their paychecks.

 

You probably know the name for this practice: dollar-cost averaging (DCA), investing the same amount every month or every pay period.

DCA lets investors take advantage of the rise and fall of stock prices by automatically buying more shares when prices are low and fewer shares when prices are high. The result: The average price paid per share is lower than the average of all the prices at which those shares were bought.

I think this explains the higher investor returns in five of these eight funds.

Two questions remain:

·                     Why did Vanguard investors outperform while those in three of the four Fidelity funds lagged?

·                     Why did investors in Fidelity's 2050 fund do better than investors in the other three Fidelity funds under study?

Though I can't back up my answers with numbers, I'll take a stab at answering these questions. Both answers, I believe, come down once again to investors' collective behavior.

To answer the first question, I think Vanguard simply attracts a different sort of investor than Fidelity.

·                     Vanguard marketing emphasizes the firm's low costs, its index funds, the higher quality of its stocks and bonds and its buy-and-hold culture. Vanguard urges investors to accept the returns of the market.

·                     Fidelity's marketing focuses on active managers who pick stocks, backed up by impressive stock analysts. Fidelity urges investors to seek higher performance.

OK, but so why did investors in Fidelity's 2050 fund outperform the fund itself, while those in the 2020, 2030 and 2040 funds underperformed?

Here I have to speculate. I'm guessing that investors with an eye on a 2050-ish retirement are younger and often have less money with which they want to try to beat the odds.

 

For this reason, I suspect that such investors are less likely to try to second-guess the market's ups and downs and more likely to simply trust their funds.

I promised a suggestion for how you might be able to outperform a fund you're invested in.

My best suggestion is to use dollar-cost averaging. This will keep your average cost-per-share down. And it will keep you investing regularly. Both are extremely good habits.

However, at the risk of throwing cold water on a good idea, I have to point out that DCA makes a positive difference only over extended periods, and only during periods when the market ends up higher than it started. (The reason for this is simple: Even if you buy at below-average prices, if your investment loses money over the long run, it loses money. Sorry about that.)

 

The latest 10-year period (like most 10-year periods) was a positive one for stock investors. The most recent eight years were especially strong, with the S&P 500 index SPX, -0.47%  appreciating by more than 300% (including reinvestment of dividends).

Although things won't always be that good, the market historically goes up about two-thirds of the time and down only one-third.

So if you take a long-term perspective, keep your expectations realistic and adopt excellent investing habits, I think there's a good chance you, like many of Vanguard's target-date investors, will be able to do the seemingly impossible.

 

For discussion:

What is suggested by the author? Do you agree?

 

 

 

 

Index funds are more popular than ever—here’s why they’re a smart investment

Published Thu, Sep 19 201911:40 AM EDT

Alicia Adamczyk@ALICIAADAMCZYK

 

U.S. stock index funds are more popular than actively managed funds for the first time ever, according to investment research firm Morningstar. As of August 31, these index funds held $4.27 trillion in assets, compared to $4.25 trillion in active funds.

Index funds were created by Jack Bogle almost 45 years ago as a way for everyday investors to compete with the pros. They’re designed to be simple, all-in-one investments: Rather than picking stocks you or your fund manager thinks will out-perform the market, you own all of the stocks in a certain market index, like the S&P 500 or the Dow Jones Industrial Average.

The thinking isn’t that you’ll beat the market, but rather that you’ll keep up with it. And considering that the stock market has historically increased in value over time, that pays off for retirement investors.

Index funds have turned out to be a huge win for retirement savers and other non-finance professionals for many reasons. First, because you’re not paying someone to pick stocks for you anymore, index funds tend to be less expensive for investors than actively managed funds: The average expense ratio of passive funds was 0.15% in 2018, compared to 0.67% for active funds, Morningstar reported. The original index fund,the Vanguard 500, has an expense ratio of just 0.04%.

Index funds also typically make trades less often than active funds, which leads to fewer fees and lower taxes.

Consistently buy an S&P 500 low-cost index fund. I think it’s the thing that makes the most sense practically all of the time.

Warren Buffett

CEO OF BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY

“Costs really matter in investments,” investing icon Warren Buffett told CNBC in 2017. “If returns are going to be seven or 8% and you’re paying 1% for fees, that makes an enormous difference in how much money you’re going to have in retirement.”

Second, index funds tend to perform better over the long term than actively managed funds, making them ideal for people investing for retirement. It’s incredibly hard for a person to pick stocks that will beat the market and even harder to do so consistently over decades.

In fact, the majority of large-cap funds have under-performed the S&P 500 for nine years running. “While a fund manager may outperform for a year or two, the outperformance does not persist,” CNBC reported. “After 10 years, 85% of large-cap funds underperformed the S&P 500, and after 15 years, nearly 92% are trailing the index.” Large-cap funds are made up of the publicly traded companies with the biggest market capitalizations.

Where active funds theoretically have a leg up is during periods of market volatility. The theory is that the managers will be able to shield their investors from some of the market’s deviations. But that wasn’t the case in 2018, for example, when managers still under-performed indexes, despite a rocky fourth quarter.

For the everyday investor looking to build wealth long term, that all adds up to make low-cost index funds a go-to investment.

“Consistently buy an S&P 500 low-cost index fund,” Buffett said. “I think it’s the thing that makes the most sense practically all of the time.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bitcoin had a wild weekend, briefly topping $10,000, after China’s Xi sang blockchain’s praises

PUBLISHED MON, OCT 28 20195:42 AM EDTUPDATED MON, OCT 28 20199:49 AM EDT

Ryan Browne@RYAN_BROWNE_

Bitcoin’s price rose sharply over the weekend, recovering from a plunge just days earlier, after Chinese President Xi Jingping gave a speech embracing blockchain technology and calling on his country to advance development in the field.

The value of the world’s best-known cryptocurrency jumped as high as $10,332 on Saturday, according to data from industry website CoinDesk. The price has since eased to around $9,370 as of Monday morning, up about 1% on the day.

The virtual currency’s jump came as China’s leader sang the praises of blockchain, the technology that underpins cryptocurrencies like bitcoin. According to state media, Xi said Friday that China has a strong foundation and should look to take a leading position in the sector.

He reportedly said China should “seize the opportunity” offered by blockchain, adding the technology could benefit a range of industries including finance, education and health care. A blockchain is a digital ledger that maintains a record of transactions or other data across a network of computers.

Beijing has taken a tough stance on cryptocurrencies, banning a fundraising exercise known as an initial coin offering and forcing local trading platforms to shut down in 2017.

China’s central bank, the People’s Bank of China (PBOC), has been working on its own digital currency. It has accelerated its development in recent months as Facebook and a handful of other companies look to shake up the global financial services industry with a cryptocurrency called libra.

The PBOC set up a research team back in 2014 to explore the use of virtual currencies to reduce the costs involved in circulating traditional paper-based money. A senior official at the bank said last month that the planned digital token would bear some similarities to libra.

Libra has come under intense scrutiny from regulators around the world, who worry Facebook’s proposed digital asset would disrupt the financial system and could be open to risks like money laundering and terrorist financing.

Lawmakers last week grilled Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg over the project. Zuckerberg at one point said the social network would not take part in launching libra “until U.S. regulators approve.”

Though Facebook has led the initiative so far, the tech giant has been trying to keep a distance between it and the Switzerland-based Libra Association that oversees the currency’s development. The consortium lost key initial supporters including Mastercard and Visa earlier this month, leaving it with just 21 founding members.

Bitcoin has been on the rise this year and is currently up nearly 150% year-to-date. That marks a significant turnaround from last year, when the digital coin tanked to as low as $3,122 after hitting an all-time high of close to $20,000 in December 2017.

Analysts had attributed some of the cryptocurrency’s 2019 gains to headlines around companies like Facebook, Fidelity and New York Stock Exchange owner International Exchange getting involved in the space, the logic being that it brings some much-needed legitimacy to an industry that has in the past been clouded by major cyber attacks and scams.

Chapter 8 Stock Market

 

Part I: Stock Market Popular Websites

ppt 

 

Stock screening tools

Reuters stock screener to help select stocks

http://stockscreener.us.reuters.com/Stock/US/

 

FINVIZ.com

http://finviz.com/screener.ashx

 

WSJ stock screen

http://online.wsj.com/public/quotes/stock_screener.html

 

Stock charts

Simply the Web's Best Financial Charts

 

How to pick stocks

Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM)Explained

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JApBhv3VLTo

 

Fama French 3 Factor Model Explained

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zWrO3snZjuA

 

Ranking stocks using PEG ratio

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bekW_hTehNU

 

Class discussion topics and homework (Are the following statements right or wrong? Why?, due with the second mid-term exam) 

1: My investment in company A is a sure thing.

2: I would never buy stocks now because the market is doing terribly.

3: I just hired a great new broker, and I am sure to beat the market.

4: My investments are well diversified because I own a mutual fund that tracks the S&P 500.

5: I made $1,000 in the stock market today.

6: GMs earning report is better than expected. But GM stock price went down instead of going up after the earning news was released. How come?

7: Paypal’s price has gone up so much in the past several months. I should invest in Paypal now.   

 

Part II: Behavior Finance

 

Behavior Finance Introduction PPT

 

Vanguard Behavior Finance Lecture PPT - FYI

 

Behavior Finance Class Notes  - FYI

 

Anchoring

       Test yourself first:

          A stock price jumps to $40 from $20 but it suddenly dropped back to $20. Shall you buy the stock or not?

       The concept of anchoring draws on the tendency to attach or "anchor" our thoughts to a reference point - even though it may have no logical relevance to the decision at hand.

       Avoiding  Anchoring

     Be especially careful about which figures you use to evaluate a stock's potential.

     Don't base decisions on benchmarks

     Evaluate each company from a variety of perspectives to derive the truest picture of the investment landscape.

 

Mental Accounting

       Test yourself

     Shall you payoff your credit card debt or start saving for a vocation?

     How do you spend your tax refund?

       Mental Accounting refers to the tendency for people to separate their money into separate accounts based on a variety of subjective criteria, like the source of the money and intent for each account. 

Example:  People have a special "money jar" set aside for a vacation while still carrying credit card debt.

 

Confirmation Bias

       Confirmation bias: First impression can be hard to shake

     people selectively filter information that supports their opinion

     People ignore the rest opinions.

     In investing, people look for information that supports original idea

       Generate faulty decision making because of the bias

Example: investor finds all sorts of green flags about the investment (such as growing cash flow or a low debt/equity ratio), while glossing over financially disastrous red flags, such as loss of critical customers or dwindling markets.

 

Gambler’s fallacy:

     An individual erroneously believes that the onset of a certain random event is less likely to happen following an event or a series of events.

Example:
Consider a series of 20 coin flips that have all landed with the "heads". A person might predict that the next coin flip is more likely to land with the "tails“.
Slot machines:  Every losing pull will bring them that much closer to the jackpot. But that is wrong. All pulls are independent.

       Example:

     You liquidate a position after it has gone up in several days.

     You hold on to a stock that has fallen in several days because you view further declines as "improbable".

       Avoiding Gambler's Fallacy

     Investors should base decisions on fundamental or technical analysis before determining what will happen.

It is irrational to buy a stock because you believe it is likely to reverse.

 

Herding:

     Example: Dotcom herd

     The tendency for individuals to mimic the actions of a larger group.

       Social pressure of conformity is one of the causes.

     This is because most people are very sociable and have a natural desire to be accepted by a group

       The second reason is the common rationale that a large group could not be wrong.  

     This is especially prevalent when an individual has very little experience.

      

Overconfidence:

       Confidence implies realistically trusting in one's abilities

       Overconfidence implies an overly optimistic assessment of one's knowledge or control over a situation.

 

 

Disposition effect

     which is the tendency for investors to hold on to losing stocks for too long and sell winning stocks too soon.

»     The most logical course of action would be to hold on to winning stocks to further gains and to sell losing stocks to prevent escalating losses.

»     investors are willing to assume a higher level of risk in order to avoid the negative utility of a prospective loss.

»     Unfortunately, many of the losing stocks never recover, and the losses incurred continued to mount .

Avoiding the Disposition Effect

       When you have a choice of thinking of one large gain or a number of smaller gains (such as finding $100 versus finding a $50 bill from two places), thinking of the latter can maximize the amount of positive utility.

       When you have a choice of thinking of one large loss or a number of smaller losses (losing $100 versus losing $50 twice), think of one large loss would create less negative utility.

       When you can think of one large gain with a smaller loss or a situation where you net the two to create a smaller gain ($100 and -$55, versus +$45), you would receive more positive utility from the smaller gain.

       When you can think of one large loss with a smaller gain or a smaller loss (-$100 and +$55, versus -$45), try to separate losses from gains.

 

12 Cognitive Biases Explained - How to Think Better and More Logically Removing Bias (video, FYI)

0:18 Anchoring Bias 1:22 Availability Bias 2:22 Bandwagon Effect 3:09 Choice Supportive Bias 3:50 Confirmation Bias 4:30 Ostrich Bias 5:20 Outcome Bias 6:12 Overconfidence 6:52 Placebo Effect 7:44 Survivorship Bias 8:32 Selective Perception 9:08 Blindspot Bias

 

 

Homework: (due with the second mid-term exam) 

·      Explain with examples of the following concepts: gambler’ fallacy, mental accounting, disposition effect

 

 

 

Some of your behavioral biases could be causing you more financial harm than you realize, study suggests (FYI)

PUBLISHED TUE, MAY 25 20219:46 AM EDT Sarah O’Brien

 

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/05/25/some-of-your-biases-could-cause-you-financial-harm-study-suggests.html (video)

 

 

KEY POINTS

       There’s a correlation between high levels of some biases and unfavorable financial outcomes, research shows.

       These connections hold true even when controlling for demographic information like age, education or income.

       Even if you can’t eliminate your biases, there are ways to minimize how they impact your financial decisions.

       The ILO estimated that people in informal work have experienced a 60% drop in income in the first month of the 

 

Some of your behavioral tendencies might be causing harm to your financial wellbeing, research suggests.

 

Regardless of factors such as age, income and education, there’s a connection between certain biases and financial health, according to a Morningstar study about behavioral finance released on Tuesday. The research shows that high levels of these biases (noted below) correlate with things like lower checking and savings account balances, smaller retirement savings and lower self-reported credit scores, among other measures of a person’s financial picture.

 

“Most Americans suffer from these biases in one form or another, and they are directly related to financial outcomes, said Steve Wendel, head of behavioral science at Morningstar.

 

The research, based on a survey of 1,211 participants, focuses on four common biases:

 

Present bias: Tendency to overvalue immediate smaller rewards at the expense of long-term goals.

 

Base rate neglect: Tendency to ignore the probability of something happening and instead judge its likelihood by new, readily available information.

 

Overconfidence: Tendency to overweigh one’s own abilities or information when making an investment decision.

 

Loss aversion: Tendency to be excessively fearful of experiencing losses relative to gains. 

 

Most survey respondents 98% exhibited at least one of the four biases highlighted in the research. Participants were assessed for their financial health as well as the existence of biases, and then rated on how minimal or severe those tendencies are.

 

Overall, the lower the level of bias, the better the financial wellness exhibited. For example, people with low present bias are 7.5 times more likely to plan for their future and 2.4 times more likely to pay their bills on time than individuals with a high score in that category, the research shows.

 

Younger survey participants showed the highest level of overconfidence bias, compared with their older counterparts.

 

At some point in the next few months, Wendel said, Morningstar plans to offer a free online tool that will help investors assess their own biases.

 

While you may not be able to eliminate your own biases, there are things you can do to minimize their potential to negatively impact your financial life, Wendel said. For instance, you can set up what he calls decision-making speed bumps.

 

“It’s doing something to slow the decisions down, he said.

 

For example, before making a major change to your investment portfolio, you could employ a three-day wait rule (not acting on a decision for three days) so you don’t act on impulse.

 

Additionally, it’s best to ignore the daily noise. That is, avoid focusing on daily price updates of any particular stock or other investments, especially moment to moment, Wendel said.

 

“That’s just not healthy, he said. It warps our decision-making process and it warps how we judge the value of something.

Second Mid-term exam  (close book, close notes, in class exam)

 

Second Mid Term Exam Study Guide

 

1.     Draw cash flow  graph of a bond with 6 years left to  maturity, 6% coupon rate.

2.     Fed reduced interest rate. Do you think that it is safer to invest in junk bond when interest rates are low? Or just the opposite? Why or why not?

2.      Why does Moody downgrade Delta’s bond to Junk bond? Do you support the decisions of the other two rating agencies giving an investment grade bond rating to Delta’s bond? (based on “Moody's cuts Delta credit rating to 'junk' status”. What are the differences between investment grade bond and junk bond?

3.      Write down the names of the three credit rating agencies. How much do you trust those rating agencies? Are those rating agencies private or public firms?

4.      How are the credit ratings assigned?

5.      What is yield curve? How can a yield curve become inverted? What does an inverted yield curve tell us?

6.      What is a steepening yield curve? What does it tell us about the future economy?

 

image068.jpg

 

 

·       Date                1 Mo    3 Mo    6 Mo    1 Yr     2 Yr     3 Yr     5 Yr     7 Yr     10 Yr   20 Yr   30 Yr

01/03/17          0.52     0.53     0.65     0.89     1.22     1.50     1.94     2.26     2.45     2.78     3.04

Use the above information and draw the yield curve on “1/3/17” .

·       image018.jpg

image019.jpg

 

What do the above graphs tell us from the perspective of diversification?

 

8.     What is S&P500 index? What is QQQ? What are the advantages to invest in the ETFs such as S&P500 and QQQ?

 

9.     Components of the S&P 500

#

Company

Symbol

Weight

      Price

Chg

% Chg

1

Microsoft Corporation

MSFT

4.235785

https://www.slickcharts.com/img/up.gif   137.93

1.56

(1.14%)

2

Apple Inc.

AAPL

4.094413

https://www.slickcharts.com/img/up.gif   244.00

4.04

(1.68%)

3

Amazon.com Inc.

AMZN

2.973346

https://www.slickcharts.com/img/up.gif   1,767.01

1.28

(0.07%)

4

Facebook Inc. Class A

FB

1.829871

https://www.slickcharts.com/img/up.gif   186.50

4.16

(2.28%)

5

Berkshire Hathaway Inc. Class B

BRK.B

1.662298

https://www.slickcharts.com/img/up.gif   211.19

0.57

(0.27%)

 

Based on the above table, explain how to calculate the weight of each company.

Why the weight of Microsoft is higher than that of Apple? Note that the stock price of Apple is much higher than that of Microsoft.

 

 

10.  image023.jpg

Explain what does the above graph tell us? Please be specific and detailed.

11.  What is value stock? Example?  What is small cap value? Example? What is large value? Example?

12.  What is ETF? What are the differences between ETF and mutual fund.

13.  Compare QQQ with SPY

14.   How can we evaluate the performance of a mutual fund?

15.  What is a bond fund? How to find a suitable bond fund?

16.  What is CAPM? What is the risk factor in CAPM?

17.  My investment in company A is a sure thing.  T/F? Why?

18.  I would never buy stocks now because the market is doing terribly. T/F? Why?

19.  I just hired a great new broker, and I am sure to beat the market. T/F? Why?

20.  My investments are well diversified because I own a mutual fund that tracks the S&P 500. T/F? Why?

21.  I made $1,000 in the stock market today. T/F? Why?

22.  GM’s earning report is better than expected. But GM stock price went down instead of going up after the earning news was released. How come? T/F? Why?

23.  Paypal’s price has gone up so much in the past several months. I should invest in Paypal now.  T/F? Why?

24.  Use an example to explain what is over confidence bias

25.  Use an example to explain what is mental accounting

26.  Use an example to explain what is gambler’s fallacy

27.  Use an example to explain what is disposition effect

28.  Use an example to explain what is anchoring bias?

 

 


Chapter
 9 Options and Futures

 

PPT

 

Part I: Options 

 

Class discussion topics:

·         Apple price will go up because of the holiday shopping season. Google price could fall based on some news you just heard. Anticipating large changes in stock prices of Apple and Google, how shall you act?

·         You just bought GM stocks. You worried for GM price might fall. What can you do to ease your mind?

 

Options are derivative contracts that give the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell the underlying  instrument at a specified price on or before a specified future date. Although the holder (also called the buyer) of the option is not obligated to exercise the option, the option writer (known as the seller) has an obligation to buy or sell the underlying instrument if the option is exercised.
Depending on the strategy, option trading can provide a variety of benefits including the security of limited risk and the advantage of leverage. Options can protect or enhance an investor’s portfolio in rising, falling and neutral markets. Regardless of the reasons for trading options or the strategy employed, it is important to understand the factors that determine the value of an option. This tutorial will explore the factors that influence option pricing, as well as several popular option pricing models that are used to determine the theoretical value of options. (www.investopedia.com)

 

Call options: Learn the basics of buying and selling

By James Royal, 11/1/2021

https://www.bankrate.com/investing/what-are-call-options-learn-basics-buying-selling

 

Call options are a type of option that increases in value when a stock rises. They’re the best-known kind of option, and they allow the owner to lock in a price to buy a specific stock by a specific date. Call options are appealing because they can appreciate quickly on a small move up in the stock price. So that makes them a favorite with traders who are looking for a big gain.

 

What is a call option?

A call option gives you the right, but not the requirement, to purchase a stock at a specific price (known as the strike price) by a specific date, at the option’s expiration. For this right, the call buyer will pay an amount of money called a premium, which the call seller will receive. Unlike stocks, which can live in perpetuity, an option will cease to exist after expiration, ending up either worthless or with some value.

 

The following components comprise the major traits of an option:

Strike price: The price at which you can buy the underlying stock

Premium: The price of the option, for either buyer or seller

Expiration: When the option expires and is settled

One option is called a contract, and each contract represents 100 shares of the underlying stock. Exchanges quote options prices in terms of the per-share price, not the total price you must pay to own the contract. For example, an option may be quoted at $0.75 on the exchange. So to purchase one contract it will cost (100 shares * 1 contract * $0.75), or $75.

 

How a call option works

Call options are “in the money” when the stock price is above the strike price at expiration. The call owner can exercise the option, putting up cash to buy the stock at the strike price. Or the owner can simply sell the option at its fair market value to another buyer before it expires.

A call owner profits when the premium paid is less than the difference between the stock price and the strike price. For example, imagine a trader bought a call for $0.50 with a strike price of $20, and the stock is $23 at expiration. The option is worth $3 (the $23 stock price minus the $20 strike price) and the trader has made a profit of $2.50 ($3 minus the cost of $0.50).

If the stock price is below the strike price at expiration, then the call is “out of the money” and expires worthless. The call seller keeps any premium received for the option.

 

Why buy a call option?

The biggest advantage of buying a call option is that it magnifies the gains in a stock’s price. For a relatively small upfront cost, you can enjoy a stock’s gains above the strike price until the option expires. So if you’re buying a call, you usually expect the stock to rise before expiration.

 

Call options vs. put options

The other major kind of option is called a put option, and its value increases as the stock price goes down. So traders can wager on a stock’s decline by buying put options. In this sense, puts act like the opposite of call options, though they have many similar risks and rewards:

Like buying a call option, buying a put option allows you the opportunity to earn back many times your investment.

Like buying a call option, the risk of buying a put option is that you could lose all your investment if the put expires worthless.

Like selling a call option, selling a put option earns a premium, but then the seller takes on all the risks if the stock moves in an unfavorable direction.

Unlike selling a call option, selling a put option exposes you to capped losses (since a stock cannot fall below $0). Still, you could lose many times more money than the premium received.

 

Call Options & Put Options Explained Simply In 8 Minutes 


CBOE free option calculator (great tool to calculate option prices)

 

 Call and Put price of AAPL on Google Finance

Call and Put price of AAPL on Nasdaq

 

 https://www.nasdaq.com/market-activity/stocks/aapl/option-chain

 

 

 

 

https://www.nasdaq.com/market-activity/stocks/aapl/option-chain/call-put-options/aapl--230120c00140000

 

Learn THIS before Trading Options - The GREEKS explained for beginners & how options are priced (video, FYI)

 

 

 

 Part II: Futures 

 

Futures market explained (video)

 

Bitcoin Futures for Dummies - Explained with CLEAR Examples! (video)

 

 

How to Invest in Bitcoin Futures

By PRABLEEN BAJPAI

Reviewed by ERIKA RASURE on August 25, 2021

https://www.investopedia.com/articles/investing/012215/how-invest-bitcoin-exchange-futures.asp

 

What Are Bitcoin Futures?

Bitcoin futures enable investors to gain exposure to Bitcoin (BTCUSD) without having to hold the underlying cryptocurrency. They are similar to a futures contract for a commodity or stock index in that they allow investors to speculate on the cryptocurrency’s future price. The Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) offers monthly contracts for cash settlement. This means that an investor takes cash instead of physical delivery of bitcoin upon settlement of the contract.

 

The Cboe Options Exchange offered the first bitcoin futures contract on Dec. 10, 2017. But it discontinued offering new contracts in March 2019. The CME opened its bitcoin futures platform on Dec. 18, 2017. In addition to standard bitcoin contracts, the exchange offers Micro Bitcoin futures, which are 1/10th the size of a standard bitcoin contract, and options on bitcoin futures. Other venues, like Bakkt and Intercontinental Exchange, offer daily and monthly bitcoin futures contracts for physical delivery.

 

KEY TAKEAWAYS

·       As with a stock or commodities futures, bitcoin futures allow investors to speculate on the future price of Bitcoin.

·       Investors can choose from a variety of venues to trade monthly bitcoin futures. Some are regulated; others are not.

·       Bitcoin is known for its volatile price swings, which makes an investment in bitcoin futures risky

 

Understanding Bitcoin Futures Investing

Bitcoin futures serve many purposes, each one unique, for different actors in the Bitcoin ecosystem. For Bitcoin miners, futures are a means to lock in prices that ensure a return on their mining investments, regardless of the crypto’s future price trajectory. Investors use bitcoin futures to hedge against their positions in the spot market. For example, if an investor bets on a price increase for bitcoin in the spot market, then she might short its futures as a hedge. Thus, she stands to make money even if the bitcoin price moves in a direction opposite to the one specified in her bet. Speculators and traders, who frequently move in and out of futures trades, might use bitcoin futures for short- and long-term profits.

There are several benefits to trading bitcoin futures instead of the underlying cryptocurrency. First, bitcoin futures contracts are traded on an exchange regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which might give large institutional investors some measure of confidence to participate. For most of its short existence, the cryptocurrency has traded outside the bounds of regulation, making it a risky asset for institutional money. Second, because the futures are cash-settled, a Bitcoin wallet is not required. No physical exchange of bitcoin takes place in the transaction. Thus, a bitcoin futures trade eliminates the risk of holding a volatile asset class with steep price changes. Also, holding bitcoin in custody can be an expensive affair and add to the overall costs. Finally, futures contracts have position limits and price limits that enable investors to curtail their risk exposure to a given asset class.

Note that as of October 2021, investors can gain exposure to bitcoin without buying or selling futures themselves. The ProShares’ Bitcoin Strategy Fund (BITO) tracks CME bitcoin futures. The exchange-traded fund (ETF) started trading on Oct. 19, 2021, as the first bitcoin ETF.

 

Where can you trade bitcoin futures?

Growth of the bitcoin futures market has paralleled that of the cryptocurrency’s spot market. Cryptocurrency exchanges were the first venues to offer bitcoin futures trading capability. But the absence of regulation for cryptocurrencies made them risky venues for serious traders.

The launch of bitcoin futures trading at CME and Cboe changed the status quo. While Cboe has discontinued bitcoin futures trading at its venue, CME has doubled down on cryptocurrencies and introduced other derivative products related to it. For example, the Micro Bitcoin futures is 1/10th the size of a standard bitcoin futures contract at CME.

Bakkt, which is backed by NYSE owner Intercontinental Exchange, was launched in 2019 and advertises itself as an end-to-end solution to promote regulated price discovery and market liquidity. It also offers trading in physically settled bitcoin futures and options.  ErisX is a Chicago-based trading firm that offers cash-settled bounded bitcoin futures trading capability that limits exposure to the cryptocurrency by setting upper and lower bounds.

Exchanges like Seychelles-based OKEx and Malta-based Binance are some of the biggest venues for trading in bitcoin futures. The latter exchange, in fact, is ranked first based on the numbers for open interest contracts on its platform. However, it is not regulated by U.S. authorities.

 

How does bitcoin futures trading work?

The rules and setup for bitcoin futures is the same as that for regular futures trading. First, you need to set up an account with the brokerage or exchange to begin trading. Once your account is approved, you can begin trading.

 

Futures trading makes heavy use of leverage to execute trades. In the unregulated Wild West of cryptocurrencies, the leverage amount can vary wildly between exchanges. For example, Binance offered leverage of up to 125 percent of the trading amount to traders when it first launched futures trading capability for cryptocurrencies. It reduced the leverage amount to 20 percent in July 2021.

 

The main considerations for bitcoin futures accounts are margin requirements and contract details. Margins are the minimum collateral that you must have in your account to execute trades. The higher the amount of the trade, the greater the margin amount required by the broker or exchange to execute the trade.

 

A point to note here is that exchanges and brokerages can have different margin requirements. For example, CME has a base margin requirement, and brokerages like TD Ameritrade that offer CME bitcoin futures trading as part of their product suite can set margin rates on top of the base rate set by CME.

 

Because Bitcoin is a risky and volatile asset, regulated exchanges generally require higher margin amounts compared to other assets. Some cryptocurrency exchanges, like Binance, allow the use of cryptocurrencies as margin. For example, you can use stablecoins like Tether or bitcoin as margin for your trades at Binance.

 

Depending on bitcoin’s price fluctuations, the investor can either hold onto the futures contracts or sell them to another party. At the end of her contracts’ duration, the investor has the option to either roll them over to new ones or let them expire and collect the cash settlement due. Some contracts, like the ones at Bakkt and ErisX, are physically settled. This means that the investor will get final delivery of the commodity—in this case, Bitcoin—upon expiration.

 

 Remember that there are costs associated with custody and storage of Bitcoin, once you get final delivery of the cryptocurrency in a physically settled futures contract.

In 2021, CME introduced Micro Bitcoin futures (MBT) trading. The size of an MBT contract is 1/10th of one bitcoin or 1/50th of the larger BTC futures contract. Thus, if the Bitcoin Reference Rate is set at $20,000, then the notional value of one Bitcoin Reference Rate is $400. More than 3,500 accounts traded in Micro Bitcoin futures after it was first launched.

 

Special considerations for trading bitcoin futures

While it has increased in volume, bitcoin futures trading is still nascent in terms of market dynamics and constituents. Therefore, it is unlike other futures trading for other asset types. Here are some special considerations that you should note while trading bitcoin futures.

 

Bitcoin futures trading resembles spot markets for the cryptocurrency in that it lacks the deep pool of liquidity or sufficient number of actors in its ecosystem that are present for other commodities. Therefore, trading volumes can be low and price fluctuations can be high, especially during volatile stretches of the cryptocurrency’s price. Futures trading for other commodities can provide indicators or predict spot market prices in advance. Bitcoin futures, however, either follow spot market prices or trade at a significant premium or discount.

 

The regulatory landscape for bitcoin futures trading is still unclear. As mentioned above, there are very few exchanges that offer regulated futures trading. Bitcoin futures trading offered at exchanges located outside the United States do not come under the purview of agencies situated in the country. Such situations have the potential for profits through regulatory arbitrages, but they can also result in exponential risk.

 

The price for bitcoin futures is dependent on the price of a volatile underlying asset. While there is a theoretical formula to calculate the price of Bitcoin futures, several other factors come into play in a real-world scenario. Investor perception of an asset’s volatility is one. Big news events are another. With its massive price swings and bubbles, Bitcoin already has a reputation among investors for price volatility. And there is no dearth of commentary about a cryptocurrency that was originally designed to become a medium for daily transactions but has, so far, failed to fulfill that promise. All of this means that bitcoin futures are not an effective hedge against their underlying asset’s volatility.

 

 

https://www.cmegroup.com/markets/cryptocurrencies/bitcoin/bitcoin.quotes.html#

 

 

 

 

·          

o        Home Work and class discussion questions (Due with the second mid term)    

Please refer the articles on the right and answer the following questions.

1.      Why is there a futures market for bitcoin?

2.      Why shall you consider investing in Bitcoin futures market? Or otherwise, why should not you?

3. What is call option? What is put option? Between a call option holder and a put option holder, who is going to benefit from the stock price falling? Who is going to benefit from stock price rising?

 

Chapter 11 - 14: Commercial Banking and Investment Banking

 

Ppt 1 commercial banking I

PPT2 Commercial banking II (Balance sheet)

Ppt 3 Investment Banking

 

Wells Fargo’s Balance Sheet  http://www.nasdaq.com/symbol/wfc/financials?query=balance-sheet

 

 

 

 

image028.jpg

 

 

Topics for class discussion

1. Anything wrong of the above balance sheet of Wells Fargo? Where do the loans and deposits go?

Finance & Accounting Facts : Understanding Bank Financial Statements (VIDEO)

FRM: Bank Balance Sheet & Leverage Ratio (VIDEO)

 

2.      What is bank run? It is rare. Why?

 

3.     Why are banks reluctant to lend out to small business, but offer loans to homebuyers?

For example, the bank has one million dollars that can be lent out. Shall the bank lend it out to a small business owner or to a house buyer?

Use the following information to make your judgment.

      Risk level of    Example

0%       US gov bond

20%     Muni issued by city, state, and Fannie and Freddie

50%     Mortgage

100%   Anything else such as loans to business

Basel III requires 7% of capital based on the risk weighted assets (RWA). 

 

4.     How can you tell that banks are getting bigger and bigger? Who need big banks?

                         What is too big to fail (Bloomberg university) video

 

image025.jpg

 

 

Benefits of Local Banks vs. Big Banks

BY JUSTIN PRITCHARD

REVIEWED BY KHADIJA KHARTIT on May 30, 2021

 

When you choose a bank, it’s critical to find the products, services, and rates that meet your needs. As you evaluate large national banks vs. local banks and credit unions, you may wonder if the size of an institution matters. To some degree, it does, but big banks and small banks can offer essential services like checking and savings accounts.

 

Here’s what to consider as you compare banks:

 

Convenience

Choose a bank that’s easy to work with on your terms. If you prefer to bank in-person, some institutions might have a better presence than others in your area.

 

Cost

Fees are often lower at small institutions, but that’s not always the case. Identify your banking needs and compare fees for the services you need.

 

Services

Small institutions can have a surprisingly large offering of products and services. But sometimes you need the horsepower of a megabank.


Community

Banking with a local institution helps to support your local economy, and it may make your banking experience easier. But there are always pros and cons.

 

Let’s explore the differences between big banks and local banks in more detail.

 

Megabanks Have a National Reach

 

Potential Convenience

Large national banks with household names dominate large cities, and they even reach into smaller markets. If you value in-person banking, a bank with branches nearby might be a decent option. They can offer one-stop shopping, allowing you to get multiple services from the same institution. For example, you might be able to use one login for your checking and savings accounts, credit cards, and loans.

Large banks that have a national reach include Bank of America, Capital One, Chase Bank, Wells Fargo, and many other large institutions.

 

Sometimes Frustrating

Big banks often have rigid systems and processes, which makes dealing with them difficult. If you need help from customer service, you may be forced to call a national toll-free number, even though you know and trust the local bankers. You may have to speak with relatively new hires or answer multiple fraud department questions just to open an account. Contrast that experience with a local bank, where the same person can handle everything for you in one sitting.

Costs Vary

Free checking is increasingly hard to find at megabanks. You can typically qualify for fee waivers by keeping sufficient cash in your account or setting up direct deposit, but genuinely free accounts are rare. You can occasionally find fee-free business checking at national banks, while local banks charge modest fees.

 

Local Banks Engage in the Community

Community banks and local credit unions are an excellent option for most banking needs. Just because they’re small doesn’t mean they can’t meet your needs. Some institutions limit their offerings, others outsource services, and some provide everything you need in-house.

 

Competitive Fees and Rates

Local banks are often a good bet for free checking accounts—the account you probably need most. Some offer standard free checking to everybody, while others waive fees if you just agree to receive electronic statements. They also compete with attractive rates on savings accounts and loans. Savings rates might still be higher at online banks, but there’s nothing to prevent you from having multiple accounts (online and local).

 

Local Knowledge

Because they’re engaged in local matters, local banks may make transactions easier. That’s particularly true if you need to borrow money. For example, megabanks might be unwilling to fund your local business, investment property, or agriculture loan, but local banks are accustomed to evaluating loans in your area.

 

Personal Service

For better or worse, local banks typically provide more personal service than big banks. It’s not uncommon to work with the same person over time. Bank staff can even learn about your needs and suggest bank products that may be helpful. You develop relationships and know what to expect and who to talk to when you have questions. At the same time, you lose the anonymity that comes with being a big bank customer. If you live in a particularly small town, you may prefer to keep a low profile.

 

Offerings Vary

While local banks and credit unions can offer everything from checking accounts to merchant accounts to wealth management, some institutions focus on basic consumer needs. If your favorite local bank doesn’t handle business accounts and you start freelancing, you’ll need to look elsewhere.

 

Community Involvement

Your banking needs to drive your choice of banks, but you may feel a sense of satisfaction when working with a local institution. Local banks and credit unions are part of the local economy, and they often give back. You’re likely to see a local institution’s logo at charity races and other events, signaling that they contributed money or other resources to help make the event a reality.

 

 

6.      The scope of investment banks

·                  Market Making

·                  Merger and Acquisition Advisory

·                  Prop trading

·                  IPO and SEO underwriter

·                  Structured financial products

7.  How can you draw your own conclusions from the following table.

 Expectations at a Glance Oct 2016

 

EPS

Expected

Profit

Revenue

 

Trading Revenue

NII

 

 

EPS

ROE

Net Int. Income

 

 

 

3Q 2016

3Q 2015

3Q 2016

3Q 2015

 

3Q 2016

3Q 2015

 

J.P. Morgan

$1.58

$1.39

$6.3B

$6.8B

$24.7B

$22.8B

10%

$5.7B

$4.3B

$11.6B

Citigroup

$1.24

$1.16

$3.8B

$4.3B

$17.8B

$18.7B

7%

$4.1B

$3.6B

$11.5B

Wells Fargo

$1.03

$1.01

$5.6B

$5.8B

$22.3B

$21.9B

12%

$0.4B

0.0B

$12.0B

Bank of America

$0.41

$0.34

$5.0B

$4.6B

$21.6B

$21.0B

7%

$3.7B

$3.1B

$10.2B

Goldman Sachs

$4.88

$3.82

$2.1B

$1.4B

$8.2B

$6.9B

11%

$3.7B

$3.2B

$0.6B

Morgan Stanley

$0.81

$0.63

$1.6B

$1.0B

$8.9B

$7.8B

9%

$3.2B

$2.7B

$1.0B

 

http://graphics.wsj.com/bank-earnings/

 

 

 

Part II: Governmental Regulations on Banking Industry (FYI)

 

A Brief History of U.S. Banking Regulation (FYI)

By MATTHEW JOHNSTON

Reviewed by MICHAEL J BOYLE on July 30, 2021

https://www.investopedia.com/articles/investing/011916/brief-history-us-banking-regulation.asp

 

As early as 1781, Alexander Hamilton recognized that “Most commercial nations have found it necessary to institute banks, and they have proved to be the happiest engines that ever were invented for advancing trade.” Since then, America has developed into the largest economy in the world, with some of the biggest financial markets in the world. But the path from then to now has been influenced by a variety of different factors and an ever-changing regulatory framework. The changing nature of that framework is best characterized by the swinging of a pendulum, oscillating between the two opposing poles of greater and lesser regulation. Forces, such as the desire for greater financial stability, more economic freedom, or fear of the concentration of too much power in too few hands, are what keep the pendulum swinging back and forth.

 

Early Attempts at Regulation in Antebellum America

 

From the establishment of the First Bank of the United States in 1791 to the National Banking Act of 1863, banking regulation in America was an experimental mix of federal and state legislation.1 2 The regulation was motivated, on the one hand, by the need for increased centralized control to maintain stability in finance and, by extension, the overall economy. While on the other hand, it was motivated by the fear of too much control being concentrated in too few hands.

 

Despite bringing a relative degree of financial and economic stability, the First Bank of the United States was opposed to being unconstitutional, with many fearing that it relegated undue powers to the federal government. Consequently, its charter was not renewed in 1811. With the government turning to state banks to finance the War of 1812 and the significant over-expansion of credit that followed, it became increasingly apparent that financial order needed to be reinstated. In 1816, the Second Bank of the United States would receive a charter, but it too would later succumb to political fears over the amount of control it gave the federal government and was dissolved in 1836.

 

Not only at the federal level, but also at the level of state banking, obtaining an official legislative charter was highly political. Far from being granted on the basis of proven competence in financial matters, successful acquisition of a charter depended more on political affiliations, and bribing the legislature was commonplace. By the time of the dissolution of the Second Bank, there was a growing sense of a need to escape the politically corrupt nature of legislative chartering. A new era of “free banking” emerged with a number of states passing laws in 1837 that abolished the requirement to obtain an officially legislated charter to operate a bank. By 1860, a majority of states had issued such laws.

 

In this environment of free banking, anyone could operate a bank on the condition, among others, that all notes issued were back by proper security. While this condition served to reinforce the credibility of note issuance, it did not guarantee immediate redemption in specie (gold or silver), which would serve to be a crucial point. The era of free banking suffered from financial instability with several banking crises occurring, and it made for a disorderly currency characterized by thousands of different banknotes circulating at varying discount rates. It is this instability and disorder that would renew the call for more regulation and central oversight in the 1860s.

 

Increasing Regulation from the Civil War to the New Deal

 

The free banking era, characterized as it was by a complete lack of federal control and regulation, would come to an end with the National Banking Act of 1863 (and its later revisions in 1864 and 1865), which aimed to replace the old state banks with nationally chartered ones. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) was created to issue these new bank charters as well as oversee that national banks maintained the requirement to back all note issuance with holdings of U.S. government securities.

 

While the new national banking system helped return the country to a more uniform and secure currency that it had not experienced since the years of the First and Second Banks, it was ultimately at the expense of an elastic currency that could expand and contract according to commercial and industrial needs. The growing complexity of the U.S. economy highlighted the inadequacy of an inelastic currency, which led to frequent financial panics occurring throughout the rest of the nineteenth century.

 

With the occurrence of the bank panic of 1907, it had become apparent that America’s banking system was out of date. Further, a committee gathered in 1912 to examine the control of the nation’s banking and financial system. It found that the money and credit of the nation were becoming increasingly concentrated in the hands of relatively few men. Consequently, under the presidency of Woodrow Wilson, the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 was approved to wrest control of the nation’s finances from banks while at the same time creating a mechanism that would enable a more elastic currency and greater supervision over the nation’s banking infrastructure.

 

Although the newly established Federal Reserve helped to improve the nation’s payments system and created a more flexible currency, it's a misunderstanding of the financial crisis following the 1929 stock market crash served to roil the nation in a severe economic crisis that would come to be known as the Great Depression. The Depression would lead to even more banking regulation instituted by President Franklin D. Roosevelt as part of the provisions under the New Deal. The Glass-Steagall Act of 1933 created the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), which implemented regulation of deposit interest rates, and separated commercial from investment banking. The Banking Act of 1935 served to strengthen and give the Federal Reserve more centralized power.

 

1980s Deregulation and Post-Crisis Re-Regulation

 

The period following the New Deal banking reforms up until around 1980 experienced a relative degree of banking stability and economic expansion. Still, it has been recognized that the regulation has also served to make American banks far less innovative and competitive than they had previously been. The heavily regulated commercial banks had been losing increasing market share to less-regulated and innovative financial institutions. For this reason, a wave of deregulation occurred throughout the last two decades of the twentieth century.

 

In 1980, Congress passed the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act, which served to deregulate financial institutions that accept deposits while strengthening the Federal Reserve’s control over monetary policy.6 Restrictions on the opening of bank branches in different states that had been in place since the McFadden Act of 1927 were removed under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994. Finally, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 repealed significant aspects of the Glass-Steagall Act as well as the Bank Holding Act of 1956, both of which had served to sever investment banking and insurance services from commercial banking.7 From 1999 onwards, a bank could now offer commercial banking, securities, and insurance services under one roof.

 

All of this deregulation helped to accelerate a trend towards increasing the complexity of banking organizations as they moved to greater consolidation and conglomeration. Financial institution mergers increased with the total number of banking organizations consolidating to under 8000 in 2008 from a previous peak of nearly 15,000 in the early 1980s.8 While banks have gotten bigger, the conglomeration of different financial services under one organization has also served to increase the complexity of those services. Banks began offering new financial products like derivatives and began packaging traditional financial assets like mortgages together through a process of securitization.

 

At the same time that these new financial innovations were being praised for their ability to diversify risk, the sub-prime mortgage crisis of 2007 that transformed into a global financial crisis and the need for the bailout of U.S. banks that had become “too big to fail” has caused the government to rethink the financial regulatory framework. In response to the crisis, the Obama administration passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in 2010, aimed at many of the apparent weaknesses within the U.S. financial system.9 It may take some time to see how these new regulations affect the nature of banking within the U.S.

 

The Bottom Line

 

In antebellum America, numerous attempts at increased centralized control and regulation of the banking system were tried, but fears of concentrated power and political corruption served to undermine such attempts. Nevertheless, as the banking system grew, the need for ever-increasing regulation and centralized control, led to the creation of a nationalized banking system during the Civil War, the creation of the Federal Reserve in 1913, and the New Deal reforms under Roosevelt.4 While the increased regulation led to a period of financial stability, commercial banks began losing business to more innovative financial institutions, necessitating a call for deregulation. Once again, the deregulated banking system evolved to exhibit even greater complexities and precipitated the most severe economic crisis since the Great Depression. Dodd-Frank was the response, but if history is any guide, the story is far from over, or perhaps, the pendulum will continue to swing.

 

 

 

Why Are Banks Regulated? (FYI)

January 30, 2017

By  Julie L Stackhouse

 

  

This post is the first in a series titled Supervising Our Nations Financial Institutions. Supervising Our Nations Financial Institutions The series, written by Julie Stackhouse, executive vice president and officer-in-charge of supervision at the St. Louis Federal Reserve, is expected to appear at least once each month throughout 2017.

 

The topic of financial deregulation is once again generating news stories. It raises a foundational question: Why is the U.S. banking system so heavily regulated?

 

Banking regulation has existed in some form since the chartering of banks and its goals have evolved over time. Today, banking regulation serves four main purposes.

 

Financial Stability

Instability in the financial system can have material ripple effects into other parts of the domestic and international financial sectors. Supervision that is focused on financial stability (often called macro-prudential supervision) looks at trends and analyzes the likelihood for financial contagion and the possible impacts across firms that pose systemic risks.

 

Protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund

Since Jan. 1, 1934, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. has insured the deposits held in U.S. banks up to a defined amount (currently $250,000 per depositor per bank). The federal government serves as a backstop to the insurance fund.

 

In exchange for this insurance guarantee, banks pay an insurance premium and are also subject to safety and soundness examinations by state and/or federal regulators. Oversight of individual financial institutions by banking regulators is called micro-prudential supervision.

 

While the insurance fund protects depositors, it does not protect shareholders of banks. When inappropriate risks are taken and prove unsuccessful, banks will fail and be liquidated.

 

Consumer Protection

Since the creation of the Federal Trade Commission in 1914, the federal government has had a formal obligation to protect consumers across industries. Since that time, numerous laws and regulations have been crafted by various agencies to protect bank customers and promote fair and equal access to credit.

 

Banks conduct financial transactions with consumers either directly (lending to consumers and taking consumer deposits) or indirectly (through financial technology on the front end, for example). Banking regulators enforce consumer protection regulations by conducting comprehensive reviews of bank lending and deposit operations and investigating consumer complaints.

 

Competition

A competitive banking system is a healthy banking system. Banking regulators actively monitor U.S. banking markets for competitiveness and can deny bank mergers that would negatively affect the availability and pricing of banking services.

 

Although fewer than 40 banks account for more than 70 percent of all U.S. banking assets, as shown in the table below, there are nearly 6,000 institutions of all sizes operating in communities across the country.

 

US BankSystem

 

While all banks are regulated, not all regulations apply to every bank. Well discuss some of these differences in future posts. In my next post, Ill discuss how the banking system has changed over timeespecially over the past 25 yearsadding to the complexity and scope of banking regulation in the U.S.

 

For discussion: As compared with small banks, do big banks are relatively more burdened by regulations? Or vice versa?

 

Homework (Due with final)

Question 1:  the bank has one million dollars that can be lent out. Shall the bank lend it out to a small business owner or to a house buyer?

Use the following information to make your judgment.

      Risk level of    Example

0%       US gov bond

20%     Muni issued by city, state, and Fannie and Freddie

50%     Mortgage

100%   Anything else such as loans to business

Basel III requires 7% of capital based on the risk weighted assets (RWA).

 

Question 2: Too big too fail. What is your opinion on this statement? Should we worry about banks getting bigger and bigger? Why or why not?

Question 3: What are the pro and con for big banks?

 

 

Examples of the products of investment banks (FYI)

 

Mortgage backed securities (MBS)

 

 

Mortgage Backed Securites Explained by Analogy

 

 

Explaining Credit Default Swaps

 

 

Explaining proprietary trading and its risks

 

 

High-Frequency Trading:- Corporate super computers cornering share

 

Top 10 Disastrous Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A)

 

 

Understanding Investment Banking

 

 

Run on Shadow banking

 

 

How does the banking system work part 1. 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ssa5WNnbGsw&feature=relmfu

 

 

How does the banking system work part 2. 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bhBQizelZP8&list=ULbhBQizelZP8

Sun Trust (NYSE: STI)’s balance sheet and financial highlights

 

Basel III in 10 minutes (FYI)

 

 

 

Big banks are getting even bigger, raising alarms in Washington

 

By Paul R. La Monica, CNN Business

 

Updated 12:18 PM ET, Fri July 16, 2021

https://www.cnn.com/2021/07/16/investing/bank-mergers-stocks/index.html

 

 

New York (CNN Business) Banks have been on a shopping spree for the past year and that's raising some alarm bells in Washington.

 

Senators Elizabeth Warren and Sherrod Brown have been critical of the top banks for their deal making, citing concerns that the spate of mergers will hurt average consumers and make it tougher for smaller community banks to remain competitive.

 

There were 52 banks with more than $50 billion in assets at the end of the first quarter of 2021, up from 39 banks at the end of 2017, according to data from S&P Global Market Intelligence.

 

This year alone, PNC (PNC) bought BBVA USA Bancshares, a deal that allowed PNC to become the fifth-largest bank in the United States by assets. And Huntington Bancshares (HBAN) merged with TCF.

 

Meanwhile, several other regional banking deals announced earlier this year are pending approval, including M&T Bank's (MTB) purchase of People's United (PBCT), the acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp (FBC) by New York Community Bancorp (NYCB) and a merger between Webster Financial (WBS) and Sterling Bancorp (SBT).

 

Congress is partly responsible for bank merger bonanza

The frenetic pace of bank shotgun weddings is largely a result of changes in financial regulations over the past few years. It's no coincidence that there have been a slew of bank mergers since lawmakers ruled in 2018 that banks had to have $250 billion in assets, and not "just" $50 billion, in order to be considered systemically important financial institutions (SIFIs) that are subject to more regulations.

Only a dozen US banks currently are large enough to get a SIFI designation, including JPMorgan Chase (JPM), Bank of America (BAC), Wells Fargo (WFC), Citigroup (C), Truist (TFC), US Bancorp (USB) and PNC.

The SIFI change from $50 billion to $250 billion opened the door for many mid-size banks to scoop up rivals without fear that they would suddenly be required to go through more strict and onerous oversight.

 

Banks have took advantage of the change and began pairing up. The reasons for doing so are pretty obvious: Larger institutions can cut costs and improve efficiencies to boost profits.

The pandemic jump-started more deals, too. The Federal Reserve's emergency rate cuts have made it more difficult for banks to make money on loans since interest rates are near zero and likely to stay there for the foreseeable future.

 

That was evident from the latest quarterly results of top banks that were reported this week. Revenue for the second quarter fell at JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Citi and BNY Mellon (BK) when compared with a year ago.

 

Changes from DC on the horizon?

But it's not clear how much longer the bank M&A wave will last. It is worth noting that the most recent changes to bank laws in Washington were accomplished during the Trump administration and with a Republican-controlled Senate.

 

President Biden recently signaled with a sweeping executive order that he intends to scrutinize mergers more closely than his predecessor.

 

Warren, along with Democratic Congressman Jesus "Chuy" Garcia, also introduced a Bank Merger Review Modernization Act bill in December 2019 that could possibly be reintroduced now that the Democrats have a slim majority in the Senate due to a tie-breaking vote from Vice President Harris.

 

The goal of the Warren-Garcia legislation is to "end rubber stamping of bank merger applications."

 

That's likely to get a sympathetic ear from Brown, the Ohio senator who is chair of the Senate's Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs Committee.

 

Brown grilled Federal Reserve chairman Jerome Powell Thursday about bank mergers during Powell's appearance before the committee for his semiannual testimony about the economy.

"We can't let big banks merge into bigger and bigger megabanks, making it harder for small banks to compete and leaving rural and Black and brown communities behind," Brown said in his prepared remarks to Powell.

 

 

Federal Reserve and Monetary Policy

 

Part I - Fed Introduction

Banking Industry and the Fed – PPT (Prepared by Madeline, Jack, and Thomas. Thanks)

 

Videos from the PPT

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=npyzKn7PprQ

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=e3G5e3qsHgc

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xoz4jbEZzlc

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fTTGALaRZoc

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5euiUJPB308

 

 

 

In Plain Enlgish Fed St. Louise  (Cool video about Fed)

For discussion:

3.     What is FOMC? How many members? How many time does FOMC meet? What is determined at FOMC meeting?

4.     What is reserve bank? For our area, where is the reserve bank located?

5.     What is board of governor? How many members? Who is the chair?

 

Macro 4.5- The Federal Reserve System- Quick Overview (video)

For discussion:

1.     How to conduct monetary policy?

2.     What is the role of Fed?

3.     What is the role of New York Fed?

 

 

 

 

image029.jpg

 

 

The FOMC holds eight regularly scheduled meetings during the year and other meetings as needed. Links to policy statements and minutes are in the calendars below. The minutes of regularly scheduled meetings are released three weeks after the date of the policy decision.

 

https://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/fomccalendars.htm

 

Meeting calendars, statements, and minutes (2016-2021)

The FOMC holds eight regularly scheduled meetings during the year and other meetings as needed. Links to policy statements and minutes are in the calendars below. The minutes of regularly scheduled meetings are released three weeks after the date of the policy decision. Committee membership changes at the first regularly scheduled meeting of the year.

FOIA
The FOMC makes an annual report pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act. The FOMC FOIA Service Center provides information about the status of FOIA requests and the FOIA process.

2021 | 2020 | 2019 | 2018 | 2017 | 2016
Next year: 2022

2021 FOMC Meetings

January

26-27

Statement:
PDF | HTML
Implementation Note

Press Conference

Statement on Longer-Run Goals and Monetary Policy Strategy

Minutes:
PDF | HTML
(Released February 17, 2021)

March

16-17*

Statement:
PDF | HTML
Implementation Note

Press Conference
Projection Materials
PDF | HTML

Minutes:
PDF | HTML
(Released April 07, 2021)

April

27-28

Statement:
PDF | HTML
Implementation Note

Press Conference

Minutes:
PDF | HTML
(Released May 19, 2021)

June

15-16*

Statement:
PDF | HTML
Implementation Note

Press Conference
Projection Materials
PDF | HTML

Minutes:
PDF | HTML
(Released July 07, 2021)

July

27-28

Statement:
PDF | HTML
Implementation Note

Press Conference

Minutes:
PDF | HTML
(Released August 18, 2021)

September

21-22*

Statement:
PDF | HTML
Implementation Note

Press Conference
Projection Materials
PDF | HTML

Minutes:
PDF | HTML
(Released October 13, 2021)

November

2-3

Statement:
PDF | HTML
Implementation Note

Press Conference

December

14-15*

 

* Meeting associated with a Summary of Economic Projections.

 

For discussion:

Are FOMC minutes useful? Do we need to read them carefully?

 

 

***** FRB – Federal Reserve Banks *******

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta

https://www.atlantafed.org/

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta's Boardroom Video (youtube)

 

2021 Commencement Keynote: Raphael Bostic President & CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta (youtube)

 

Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta – Jacksonville regional office

https://www.atlantafed.org/rein/jacksonville

 

ATLANTA FED GOES TO THE GRASSROOTS: OBSERVING WHAT'S HAPPENING IN THE ECONOMY – Jacksonville (video)

 

 

 

********** Fed Balance Sheet ***************

 

Explaining the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet (youtube)

 

 

Fed Balance Sheet Nov 12th, 2021

https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/current/

 

 

H.4.1

 

5. Consolidated Statement of Condition of All Federal Reserve Banks

Millions of dollars

Assets, liabilities, and capital

Eliminations from consolidation

Wednesday
Nov 10, 2021

Change since

Wednesday

Wednesday

Nov 3, 2021

Nov 11, 2020

Assets

 

 

 

 

Gold certificate account

 

    11,037

         0

         0

Special drawing rights certificate account

 

     5,200

         0

         0

Coin

 

     1,204

+        2

-      273

Securities, unamortized premiums and discounts, repurchase agreements, and loans

 

 8,534,292

+   84,534

+1,575,066

Securities held outright1

 

 8,148,320

+   84,930

+1,592,874

U.S. Treasury securities

 

 5,552,607

+   19,388

+  999,876

Bills2

 

   326,044

         0

         0

Notes and bonds, nominal2

 

 4,785,576

+   17,800

+  898,310

Notes and bonds, inflation-indexed2

 

   374,042

+    1,199

+   76,879

Inflation compensation3

 

    66,945

+      388

+   24,687

Federal agency debt securities2

 

     2,347

         0

         0

Mortgage-backed securities4

 

 2,593,366

+   65,542

+  592,998

Unamortized premiums on securities held outright5

 

   355,808

+    1,107

+   16,546

Unamortized discounts on securities held outright5

 

   -16,767

-      117

-   12,107

Repurchase agreements6

 

         0

         0

-    1,000

Loans7

 

    46,930

-    1,387

-   21,248

Net portfolio holdings of Commercial Paper Funding Facility II LLC8

 

         0

         0

-    8,559

Net portfolio holdings of Corporate Credit Facilities LLC8

 

       515

         0

-   45,177

Net portfolio holdings of MS Facilities LLC (Main Street Lending Program)8

 

    30,516

+        9

-   11,821

Net portfolio holdings of Municipal Liquidity Facility LLC8

 

     9,785

+        2

-    6,768

Net portfolio holdings of TALF II LLC8

 

     4,491

+        1

-    7,775

Items in process of collection

(0)

        72

+        1

-        1

Bank premises

 

     1,455

+        6

-      740

Central bank liquidity swaps9

 

       328

-        4

-    7,708

Foreign currency denominated assets10

 

    20,622

-       62

-    1,025

Other assets11

 

    43,599

+    3,756

+    2,480

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

(0)

 8,663,117

+   88,246

+1,487,700

Note: Components may not sum to totals because of rounding. Footnotes appear at the end of the table.

 

 


 

H.4.1

 

5. Consolidated Statement of Condition of All Federal Reserve Banks (continued)

Millions of dollars

Assets, liabilities, and capital

Eliminations from consolidation

Wednesday
Nov 10, 2021

Change since

Wednesday

Wednesday

Nov 3, 2021

Nov 11, 2020

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve notes, net of F.R. Bank holdings

 

 2,164,281

+    6,192

+  155,113

Reverse repurchase agreements12

 

 1,752,977

+   95,911

+1,557,166

Deposits

(0)

 4,662,690

-   21,373

-  141,067

Term deposits held by depository institutions

 

         0

         0

         0

Other deposits held by depository institutions

 

 4,178,586

+   28,756

+1,186,487

U.S. Treasury, General Account

 

   231,421

-   55,538

-1,339,347

Foreign official

 

     6,592

+      945

-   14,675

Other13

(0)

   246,091

+    4,464

+   26,468

Deferred availability cash items

(0)

       271

+       83

+       65

Treasury contributions to credit facilities14

 

    26,397

         0

-   87,603

Other liabilities and accrued dividends15

 

    16,592

+    7,392

+    3,339

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

(0)

 8,623,208

+   88,203

+1,487,014

 

 

 

 

 

Capital accounts

 

 

 

 

Capital paid in

 

    33,123

+       42

+      725

Surplus

 

     6,785

         0

-       40

Other capital accounts

 

         0

         0

         0

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital

 

    39,908

+       42

+      685

Note: Components may not sum to totals because of rounding.

 

6. Statement of Condition of Each Federal Reserve Bank, November 10, 2021

Millions of dollars

Assets, liabilities, and capital

Total

Boston

New York

Philadelphia

Cleveland

Richmond

Atlanta

Chicago

St. Louis

Minneapolis

Kansas

Dallas

San

City

Francisco

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gold certificates and special drawing rights certificates

    16,237

       531

     5,422

       523

       752

     1,187

     2,188

     1,136

       475

       273

       455

     1,220

     2,075

Coin

     1,204

        15

        18

       115

        46

       177

       104

       227

        17

        32

        86

       149

       218

Securities, unamortized premiums and discounts, repurchase agreements,
and loans1

 8,534,292

   141,862

 4,803,806

   179,533

   318,117

   569,389

   497,626

   463,480

   111,172

    81,345

   113,286

   375,728

   878,947

Net portfolio holdings of Corporate Credit Facilities LLC2

       515

         0

       515

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

Net portfolio holdings of MS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facilities LLC (Main Street Lending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Program)2

    30,516

    30,516

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

Net portfolio holdings of Municipal Liquidity Facility LLC2

     9,785

         0

     9,785

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

Net portfolio holdings of TALF II LLC2

     4,491

         0

     4,491

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

Central bank liquidity swaps3

       328

        15

       110

        12

        28

        68

        15

        13

         6

         3

         4

         6

        48

Foreign currency denominated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets4

    20,622

       936

     6,932

       740

     1,783

     4,291

       933

       808

       392

       175

       223

       372

     3,037

Other assets5

    45,127

       848

    24,044

     1,051

     1,710

     3,305

     2,765

     2,489

       750

       553

       915

     2,097

     4,599

Interdistrict settlement account

         0

+   25,709

-  437,346

+    7,920

+   47,648

-    5,609

+   71,571

+  107,945

+   26,934

+      384

+   19,076

+   61,065

+   74,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 8,663,117

   200,432

 4,417,777

   189,894

   370,085

   572,809

   575,201

   576,098

   139,746

    82,765

   134,046

   440,637

   963,627

Note: Components may not sum to totals because of rounding. Footnotes appear at the end of the table.

 

 


 

H.4.1

 

6. Statement of Condition of Each Federal Reserve Bank, November 10, 2021 (continued)

Millions of dollars

Assets, liabilities, and capital

Total

Boston

New York

Philadelphia

Cleveland

Richmond

Atlanta

Chicago

St. Louis

Minneapolis

Kansas

Dallas

San

City

Francisco

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Reserve notes, net

 2,164,281

    71,092

   691,179

    61,504

   103,924

   153,669

   319,669

   120,850

    64,600

    32,970

    55,027

   193,875

   295,921

Reverse repurchase agreements6

 1,752,977

    29,294

   990,881

    37,024

    63,784

   117,464

   102,711

    95,660

    22,854

    13,564

    23,278

    77,519

   178,944

Deposits

 4,662,690

    83,175

 2,701,725

    89,456

   197,890

   292,070

   150,212

   357,136

    51,210

    35,760

    54,993

   167,609

   481,453

Depository institutions

 4,178,586

    83,160

 2,415,283

    89,454

   197,844

   291,501

   150,079

   162,599

    51,200

    35,455

    54,097

   166,522

   481,390

U.S. Treasury, General Account

   231,421

         0

   231,421

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

Foreign official

     6,592

         2

     6,565

         1

         3

         8

         2

         2

         1

         0

         0

         1

         6

Other7

   246,091

        13

    48,455

         0

        43

       561

       131

   194,536

         8

       304

       896

     1,087

        57

Earnings remittances due to the U.S. Treasury8

     2,759

        22

     1,702

        52

        95

       112

       167

       148

        14

        14

        26

       126

       284

Treasury contributions to credit facilities9

    26,397

    16,572

     9,825

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

Other liabilities and accrued
dividends

    14,104

    -1,489

     9,123

       358

       495

     1,290

     1,030

       754

       266

       229

       300

       571

     1,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 8,623,208

   198,665

 4,404,434

   188,394

   366,188

   564,604

   573,789

   574,548

   138,944

    82,537

   133,624

   439,701

   957,779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital paid in

    33,123

     1,459

    11,062

     1,256

     3,309

     6,793

     1,105

     1,283

       673

       170

       348

       813

     4,849

Surplus

     6,785

       308

     2,280

       244

       587

     1,412

       307

       266

       129

        58

        73

       122

       999

Other capital

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

         0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and capital

 8,663,117

   200,432

 4,417,777

   189,894

   370,085

   572,809

   575,201

   576,098

   139,746

    82,765

   134,046

   440,637

   963,627

Note: Components may not sum to totals because of rounding. Footnotes appear at the end of the table.

 

 

 

Federal Reserve Balance Sheet Update May 2018: QT Ramp Up in October 2018 Will Break Something? (video)

 

 

 

 

 

Part II: Monetary Policy

 

ppt

 

The Fed Explains Monetary Policy (video)

 

The Tools of Monetary Policy (video)

 

For class discussion:

1.      Three approaches to conduct Monetary policy.

2.      What is easing (expansionary) monetary (policy? What is contractionary monetary policy?

3.       Draw supply and demand curve to show the results when Fed purchases (sells) Treasury securities.

4.      Compare fed fund rate with discount rate. Which rate is targeted by Fed to implement monetary policy?

6.      What is open market operation?  Segment 406: Open Market Operations(video of Philadelphia Fed)

 

 

 image030.jpg

 

 

 

 ********** Fed Funds Rate *********

 

 

 

Release date: November 17, 2021

Selected Interest Rates

 

Instruments

2021
Nov
10

2021
Nov
11*

2021
Nov
12

2021
Nov
15

2021
Nov
16

Federal funds (effective) 

 0.08 

 0.08 

 0.08 

 0.08 

 0.08 

Commercial Paper 

  

  

  

  

  

Nonfinancial

  

  

  

  

  

1-month

 0.04 

  

 0.05 

 0.05 

 0.05 

2-month

 0.05 

  

 0.05 

 0.05 

 0.05 

3-month

 n.a. 

  

 n.a. 

 n.a. 

 n.a. 

Financial

  

  

  

  

  

1-month

 n.a. 

  

 n.a. 

 0.10 

 n.a. 

2-month

 n.a. 

  

 n.a. 

 0.12 

 0.11 

3-month

 0.12 

  

 0.13 

 0.15 

 n.a. 

Bank prime loan 

 3.25 

 3.25 

 3.25 

 3.25 

 3.25 

Discount window primary credit 

 0.25 

 0.25 

 0.25 

 0.25 

 0.25 

https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/

 

 

******* Effective Federal Funds Rate **********

The federal funds market consists of domestic unsecured borrowings in U.S. dollars by depository institutions from other depository institutions and certain other entities, primarily government-sponsored enterprises.

The effective federal funds rate (EFFR) is calculated as a volume-weighted median of overnight federal funds transactions reported in the FR 2420 Report of Selected Money Market Rates. The New York Fed publishes the EFFR for the prior business day on the New York Feds website at approximately 9:00 a.m.

   

Bottom of Form

FEDERAL FUNDS DATA https://www.newyorkfed.org/markets/reference-rates/effr

 

Export To:Excel|XML

DATE

RATE
(%)

1ST
PERCENTILE
(%)

25TH
PERCENTILE
(%)

75TH
PERCENTILE
(%)

99TH
PERCENTILE
(%)

VOLUME
($Billions)

TARGET RATE/RANGE
(%)

11/16

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

76

0.00 - 0.25

11/15

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

77

0.00 - 0.25

11/12

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

74

0.00 - 0.25

11/10

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.09

0.09

72

0.00 - 0.25

11/09

0.08

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.10

75

0.00 - 0.25

11/08

0.08

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.10

76

0.00 - 0.25

11/05

0.08

0.04

0.07

0.08

0.10

79

0.00 - 0.25

11/04

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.10

76

0.00 - 0.25

11/03

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

75

0.00 - 0.25

11/02

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.10

78

0.00 - 0.25

11/01

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.12

78

0.00 - 0.25

10/29

0.07

0.05

0.06

0.08

0.15

70

0.00 - 0.25

10/28

0.08

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.11

84

0.00 - 0.25

10/27

0.08

0.06

0.07

0.09

0.10

78

0.00 - 0.25

10/26

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.10

77

0.00 - 0.25

10/25

0.08

0.06

0.07

0.08

0.10

78

0.00 - 0.25

10/22

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.10

74

0.00 - 0.25

10/21

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.12

75

0.00 - 0.25

10/20

0.08

0.06

0.07

0.09

0.15

72

0.00 - 0.25

10/19

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.10

70

0.00 - 0.25

10/18

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

71

0.00 - 0.25

10/15

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

73

0.00 - 0.25

10/14

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

72

0.00 - 0.25

10/13

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

73

0.00 - 0.25

10/12

0.08

0.05

0.07

0.08

0.09

76

0.00 - 0.25

 

 

*********** Interest Rates on Reserve Balances  **********

The Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006 authorized the Federal Reserve Banks to pay interest on balances held by or on behalf of eligible institutions in master accounts at Reserve Banks, subject to regulations of the Board of Governors, effective October 1, 2011. The effective date of this authority was advanced to October 1, 2008, by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

The interest rate on reserve balances (IORB rate) is determined by the Board and is an important tool for the Federal Reserve's conduct of monetary policy. For the current setting of the IORB rate, see the most recent implementation note issued by the FOMC. This note provides the operational settings for the policy tools that support the FOMC's target range for the federal funds rate.

The current IORB rate is captured in the table below and in the Board's Data Download Program (DDP). The table and DDP are generally updated each business day at 4:30 p.m., Eastern Time, with the next business day's rate. They are not updated on federal holidays. https://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/reserve-balances.htm

 

Interest Rates on Reserve Balances for November 18, 2021
Last Updated: November 17, 2021 at 4:30 p.m., Eastern Time

Rates
(percent)

Effective
Date

Rate on Reserve Balances (IORB rate)

0.15

7/29/2021

 

 

 

 

********** Discount rate *********

http://www.frbdiscountwindow.org/currentdiscountrates.cfm?hdrID=20&dtlID= (Discount window borrowing rate)

 

Current Discount Rates   

District

Primary Credit Rate

Secondary Credit Rate

Effective Date

Boston

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

New York

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Philadelphia

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Cleveland

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Richmond

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Atlanta

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Chicago

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

St. Louis

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Minneapolis

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Kansas City

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

Dallas

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

San Francisco

0.25%

0.75%

03-16-2020

https://www.frbdiscountwindow.org/pages/discount-rates/current-discount-rates

 

 No Homework assignment. Please find time to work on term project which is due with final.

 

http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20071129/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 29th, 2007

(At that time, Fed assets = 882,848

 

 http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20081128/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 28th, 2008

 

 http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20091127/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 27th, 2009

  

http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20101126/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 26th, 2010

 

 http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20111125/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 25th, 2011

 

https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20121129/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 29th, 2012

 

 https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20131129/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 29th, 2013

 

https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20141128/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 28th, 2014

 

 https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20151127/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 27th, 2015

 

 

https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20161125/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 25th, 2016

 

 

https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h41/20171124/

Fed Balance Sheet as of Nov 24th, 2017

 

 

Open market operation (video)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FNq_C4h3Srk

 

 

The Tools of Monetary Policy

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rcPEkmstDek

 

 

 

Study guide for Final (non-comprehensive, in class, close book, close notes)

 

11/20, 4-6 pm: Final Exam; Term project due

 

Will choose 15 questions out of the  following 25 questions  

1. Anything wrong of the above balance sheet of Wells Fargo? Where do the loans and deposits go?

3. What is bank run? It is rare. Why?

4. Why are banks reluctant to lend out to small business, but offer loans to homebuyers?

5. Too big too fail. What is your opinion on this statement? Should we worry about banks getting bigger and bigger? Why or why not?

6. Similar to the homework question.

Bank has one million dollars that can be lent out. Shall the bank lend it out to a small business owners or to a house buyer? Why?

7.  How to explain the uniqueness of banks’ balance sheet. For example, banks are highly leveraged.

8.  What are the differences between commercial bank and investment bank?

9. What are the pro and con for big banks?

10. As compared with small banks, do big banks are relatively more burdened by regulations? Or vice versa? 

11.  What is the purpose of the Fed?  The structures of the Fed?

12.  The duties of the Fed?

13. What are the changes in monetary policy?

14. The three approaches to conduct Monetary policy.

15. Compare fed fund rate with discount rate. Which rate is targeted by Fed to implement monetary policy?

16. What is interest rate on bank reserve balance?

17. What is open market operation?  When Fed plans to increase interest rate, how can Fed do so via open market operation? Draw the supply and demand curve to show the results.

18. What is your opinion regarding the interest rate that Fed will determine in the upcoming FOMC meeting

19. If Fed does increase interest rate in mid Dec, what is your prediction of its impact in the stock market? If Fed does not increases interest rate, what will happen to the stock market?

20.   What is easing monetary policy? What is contractary monetary policy?

21.  Why is there a futures market for bitcoin?

22. Why shall you consider investing in Bitcoin futures market? Or otherwise, why should not you?

23. What is call option? What is put option? Between a call option holder and a put option holder, who is going to benefit from the stock price falling? Who is going to benefit from stock price rising?

24. Name three professions in the banking industry

25. Name three types of banks

 

 

 

 

Happy Holidays!

Happy Holidays!